APPENDIX 8 - civ.uth.gr
Transcript of APPENDIX 8 - civ.uth.gr
1
APPENDIX 8
COURSE INFORMATION
2
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Mathematics I Course code: CE01_U01 Credits:
4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: First Hours per week: 5 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
First Year students are familiar with the differential and integral calculus of real functions of one variable, but almost not familiar at all with analytical geometry and linear algebra. For that reason, the course: “Mathematics I” focuses on these later subjects and it can be, thus, described, as an Introduction to the basic principles of Geometry and Linear Algebra and familiarization with techniques in these fields, relevant to civil engineering. In addition, we aim in supporting and developing, critical thinking which is important in attacking problems and issues in the field of science and engineering in particular. In this respect, the study of analytical geometry involves the use of vector calculus in the study of geometrical problems and concepts in two and three dimensions while, linear algebra involves the study of matrices, determinants, linear systems, vector spaces, linear transformations and their diagonalization. These subjects are important for the studies in, technical mechanics, fluid mechanics, multivariable calculus and numerical analysis. The hope is, that as the student faces the fundamental issues and problems of civil engineering during the course of her study she will be able to tackle these issues in depth without any distraction because of lack of mathematical background. In addition to that, we ought to have the students equipped, so that it will be easier for them to face, the mathematical challenges of postgraduate studies if they wish to do so. Prerequisites:
None
Instructor’s data:
Name: Andreas Zoupas Level: Assistant Professor (P.D. 407/80)
Office: Tel. – email: 2421074175 -- [email protected]
Other tutors: ---
3
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Vector Calculus Definitions-Properties, Vector Arithmetic, Collinear, Coplanar vectors, Linear independence.
5 3
2 Bases, Coordinates, Inner, Outer, and Mixed Product, their Geometric Interpretation, Appli-cations.
5 3
3
Analytical Geometry in Two and Three Di-mensions The Straight Line in two dimensions, The straight Line and The Plane in Space, Applications.
5 2
4 Curves in the Plane, Tangent and Normal at a point of a plane curve, differentiation and implicit differentiation of real functions of one variable.
5 2
5
Plane Curves of the Second Degree, Applications. Transformations, Coordinate Systems Transformations of the Plane,
5 2
6
Change of Cartesian Coordinates in the Plane, Polar, Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates. Applications. Review of the Basic Concepts of Analytical Geometry.
5 2
7
Matrices, Determinants Definition and properties of Matrices, Matrix Arithmetic, Composite Matrices, Matrix Multi- placation.
5 2
8 Matrices and Analytical Geometry, Invertible Matrices, Derivative Matrix, Elementary Matrices, Applications.
5 2
9
Definition and Properties of Determinants, Minor Determinants, Adjoint Matrix, Calculation of Inverse Matrix Linear Systems, Matrix Rank, and Appli-cations Definition and representation of Linear Sy-stems
5 2
10 Equivalent Linear Systems, Matrix Echelon Form and Linear Systems, Elimination Methods, Solving Linear Systems.
5 2
4
11 Matrix Rank, Linear Systems, Applications, Equivalence Relations Between Matrices
5 2
12
Vector Spaces, Linear Mappings Definition and Properties of Vector Spaces, Linear Independence, Bases, Dimension of Vector Space, Vector Spaces Equipped with Inner Product, Congruent Matrices.
5 2
13
Linear Mappings, Definition, Range and Kernel, Algebra of Linear Mappings, Linear Mappings and Matrices, Similarity, Isometries-Orthogonal Linear Transformations.
5 2
14
Diagonalization of Linear Transformations Eigenvalues-Eigenvectors of Linear Transformations and Matrices, Calley-Hamilton, Theorem, Applications. Review of Basic Concepts of Linear Algebra.
5 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 17
TEXTS IN GREEK 1) N.Kadianakis and S. Karanasios (2003). Linear Algebra Analytical Geometry and
Applications (3rd Edition). Athens. (Class Text.) 2) D. Georgiou, S. Eliadhs (2008). Analytical Geometry. Patras. 3) Mauritious Mprikas (1965). Lectures in Analytical Geometry (3rd Edition). Athens. 4) L. N. Tsitsas (2003). Applied Calculus (2nd Edition). Symmetria Publishing. 5) S. MpozapalidIs (1986). Exercises in Linear Algebra, Part B. AIVAZIDIS-
ZOYMPOYLIS. 6) Andreas Zoupas (2009). Notes in Mathematics I(Electronic Format):
http://eclass.uth.gr/MHXC108/. TEXTS IN ENGLISH
7) D. Hilbert and S. Cohn-Vossen (1999). Geometry and the Imagination. Providence, Rhode Island: AMS CHELSEA PUBLISHING.
8) H.S.M Coxeter (1915). Introduction to Geometry (2nd edn). New York, London, Sidney, Toronto: John Wiley & Sons, INC.
9) Maxime Bocher (1915). Plane Analytic Geometry With Introductory Chapters on The Differential Calculus. New York: Henry Holt and Company.
10) William H. McCrea (2006). Analytical Geometry of Three Dimensions. Mineola, New York: Dover Publications INC.
11) A. D. Aleksandrov, A.N. Kolmogorov, and M.A. Lavrent’ev (1999). MATHEMATICS Its Content, Methods and Meaning. Mineola, New York: Dover Publications, INC.
12) George A. Jennings (1994). Modern Geometry With Applications. Berlin Heidelberg New york: Springer-Verlag New York, INC.
13) F. R. Gantmacher (1959). The theory of matrices. Trans, from the Russian by K. A. Hirsch, vols. I and II. New York, Chelsea.
14) Carl D. Meyer (2000). Matrix Analysis and Applied Linear Algebra. Philadelphia
5
PA 19104-2688: SIAM. 15) Gilbert Strang (1988). Linear Algebra and Its Applications. Australia, Canada,
Mexico, Singapore, Spain, United Kingdom, United States: Thomson Learning INC. 16) Jim Hefferon (2008). Linear Algebra. http://joshua.smcvt.edu/linearalgebra, Free
Text, Under The GNU Free Documentation Licence. 17) Alan F. Beardon (2005). Algebra and Geometry. Cambridge, NewYork, Melbourne,
Madrid, Cape Town, Singapore, Sao Paulo: Cambridge University Press. 18) Thomas Bancho , John Wermer (1992). Linear Algebra Through Geometry (Second
Edition). Berlin Heidelberg New York: Springer-Verlag New York. Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Use of Whiteboard and Projector (for notes in electronic format). Use of University of Thessaly’s eclass webpage, for uploading teaching material, related web links, briefing, and communication with students
100%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
6
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
7
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information: Course title: PHYSICS I Course code: CE01_U02
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: A Hours per week: 5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
This course aims to a systematic presentation of principles in the domain of
Classical Mechanics (motion and dynamics of a particle and body),
Vibrations and Waves as well as Thermodynamics.
Prerequisites:
• Knowledge of basic physic concepts.
• Basic Knowledge of Differential and Integral Calculus
Instructor’s data:
Name: Theodoros Karakasidis Level: Lecturer
Office: Tel. – email: +30.24210.74163 – [email protected]
Other tutors:
8
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Kinematics. Relative Motion. Galilean Transformation.
5 3
2 Forces. Newton’s Laws. Torques,Dynamics of rigid bodies.
5 4
3 Work – Power – Energy. 5 4
4 Potential and kinetic energy. 5 4
5 Momentum – angular momentum. 5 4
6 Mechanical properties of matter. 5 3
7 Solids, liquids, gases. 5 3
8 Hydrostatic pressure. Hydrodynamics/aerodynamics. Motion of fluids.
5 4
9 Harmonic motion. Waves. Superposition of waves. Acoustics.
5 4
10 Temperature and molecular energy. 5 3
11 Ideal and real gases. 5 4
12 Heat. Heat transfer. Thermodynamics. 5 4
13 Reversible and irreversible processes. 5 4
14 Laws of Thermodynamics. Entropy. 5 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
10 3 15
9
Suggested literature:
• D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J. Walker «Fundamentals of Physics», John Wiley & Sons; 5th edition, 1997.
• K. W.Ford, “Classical and Modern Physics», John Wiley & Sons, 1974.
• Paul G. Hewitt, J. Suchocki, L. A. Hewitt «Conceptual Physical Science”, Longman; 2nd edition (January 1999)
• M. Alonso, Ε. J. Finn Physics, Addison-Wesley Publishing; 1992. • D. Young, R. A. Freedman, T. R. Sandin, A. Lewis Ford, Sears and
Zemansky's University Physics (10th Edition) Addison-Wesley Pub Co; 10th edition, 1999.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
……….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
85
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
15
Other (describe): …………………………
10
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information: Course title: Mechanics I Course code: CE01_S03
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 1o Hours per week: 5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course is introductory to mechanics. Physical concepts like force, distributed force, moment, internal forces, work, energy, friction etc are described. The topics that are developed include equilibrium, stability, motion, constraints and virtual work. Planar and three-dimensional structural determinant structures are examined. In particular, techniques are developed for the analysis of beams, cables, arches, frames, trusses. Prerequisites:
• Mathematics I
• Descriptive Geometry
• Physics I Instructor’s data:
Name: Antonios Giannakopoulos
Level: Professor Office: 113 Tel. – email: 24210-74179
Other tutors: Athanasios Zisis
11
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Forces and Moments. 5 3
2 Work and Energy. 5 3
3 Equilibrium of points. 5 3
4 Equilibrium of 2-D bodies. 5 3
5 Equilibrium of 3-D bodies. 5 3
6 Internal forces and moments. 5 3
7 Virtual Work theorem. 5 3
8 Beam analysis (statically determinant). 5 3
9 Frame analysis (statically determinant). 5 3
10 Truss analysis (statically determinant). 5 3
11 Potential. 5 3
12 Stability. 5 3
13 Contact. 5 3
14 Friction. 5 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
13
Suggested literature:
• Vardoulakis J. and Giannakopoulos A. E., 2008, Technical Mechanics I, Publisher Symmetria.
• Beer E. P. and Johnston E. R., 1977, Vector Mechanics for Engineers. Statics and Dynamics, McGraw-Hill.
12
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70……….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
30……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
Written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
13
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: ECONOMIC THEORY AND POLICY
Course code: CE01_U05
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: Hours per week:
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Introduction in the basic significances of Economics
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: VASILIOS ROUSSOPOULOS Level:
Office: Tel. – email: Other tutors:
14
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Significance and object of economy (Free and economic virtuous). Basic significances of economic science. The problem of choice.
4 1
2-3 The general frame of operation of market in the mixed economy: market and specialisation in the production, forms of organisation of productive units.
8 2
4 Τhe factors of production.The basic operations of economic system
4 2
5-6 Demand and offer (the significance of market. The laws of demand and offer. The significance of elasticity. Determination and change of price of balance).
8 4
7 Forms of market (Complete competition, monopoly, oligopoly, etc). The income circuit (National income, National product, National expense. The balance of income. The significance of multiplier).
4 2
8 Beginnings of economic policy (Necessity of government owned intervention in the economic life. Components of economic policy. Classification of objectives and means of economic policy).
4 1
9 Budgetary policy (the government owned budget. The income and the expenses of state). The role and the operations of money.
4 1
10 Credit and monetary policy (Significance of offer of money). The accountant or fictitious money. The monetary multiplier.
4 1
11 The role of central bank. The modern tendencies in the monetary theory).
4 1
12 The structure of Greek banking system. Exchange policy (Balance of payments, direct or natural controls. Income policy. Evaluation of the means).
4 1
13-14 Theory of production, Theory of cost. Industrial organisation: theory of the games.
8 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
14
Suggested literature:
BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMY, E. POYRNARAKIS & G. CHATZIKONSTANTINOU, POYRNARAKI PUBLICATIONS, 1999
15
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 100%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises ……….%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations 100%
Other (describe): …………………………
16
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Information Technology and Computers
Course code: CE01_U06
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate √ Graduate
Course type: Mandatory √ Selective
Course category: Basic √ Orientation
Semester: 1 Hours per week: 5 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Introduction to Information Technology, operation of computers and use of Internet, programming with FORTRAN 77/90/95 for solving engineering problems
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: Dr. E. Providas Level: Visiting Professor
Office: Tel. – email: [email protected]
Other tutors:
17
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction: The parts of a computer. Information representation in computer. Main frames, workstations and personal computers.
5 3
2 Operating systems. Files and directories. Basic commands in MS-Dos, MS-Windows and UNIX.
5 3
3 Editors and word processors. Spreadsheets programs, CAD programs and database systems.
5 3
4 Networks and Internet. 5 3
5 Algorithms, flow charts and computer programs. Machine code, assembly language, 3rd and 4th generation computer programming languages.
5 3
6 The computer programming language FORTRAN. Βasics.
5 3
7 Numeric constants, variables, arithmetic operations and logical expressions. Type Declarations. Input and Output.
5 3
8 Decision structures.
5 3
9 Loop structures. 5 3
10 Vectors and Arrays. 5 3
11 File management. 5 3
12 Functions and Subroutines. 5 3
13 Applications in civil engineering. 5 3
14 FORTRAN 95. Parallel programming. 5 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 5
Suggested literature:
1. Εισαγωγή στην FORTRAN 90/95, N. Καραµετάκης, Εκδόσεις
18
Ζήτη, 2002. 2. Προγραµµατισµός FORTRAN 90/95 για Ειστήµονες &
Μηχανικούς, ∆. Σ. Ματαράς και Φ. Α. Κουτελιέρης, Εκδόσεις Τζιόλα, 2001.
3. Fortran 90/95 for Scientists and Engineers, S. J. Chapman, McGraw-Hill, 1998.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
√ 30%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
√ 60%
Exercises
√ 10%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
√
30
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
√ 70
Other (describe): …………………………
19
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Descriptive and Projective Geometry
Course code: CE01_U07
Credits: 3
Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 1o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Students come in touch with technical problems of their speciality, they develop methods for their solution and they cultivate their geometric understanding of the world and their profession.
Students in this course are expected to work with: 1. Central and parallel projections. 2. Figure descriptions onto one or more planes. 3. Axonometry. 4. Technical Applications: Roofs, topographical diagrams, earthings. 5. Projective space, projective transformations and basic projective Theorems.
Descriptive Geometry, is a mathematical branch developed by engineers in order to cope with technical problems of their profession. It allows three dimensional objects to be codified by two dimensional drawings (on a piece of paper, a blackboard or a computer screen), which are easily portable and contain all necessary information to recreate the original object. The mathematical content of this information makes it easy to answer questions concerning geometric properties of the three dimensional objects without ever getting into the trouble of realising them. Descriptive Geometry can justly be called as the Technicians’ geometry. The descriptive drawings comprise the theoretical base for successful technical drawings.
Prerequisites: None
Instructor’s data:
Name: Dr Dimitrios Kodokostas Level: Part-time Scientific Associate
Office: Office of part-time associates, ground floor
Tel. – email: 6947258841 [email protected]
Other tutors: -
20
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction, Stereometry, Projective Space. 4 2
2 Central and Parallel Projection. Conics. Sprawl, clinometric triangle. Arithmetic and graphic scale of a drawing.
4 2
3 Figure descriptions via projections to a single plane. Axes. Point and line description.
4 2
4 Graphic and linear Problems. Solution methods.
4 2
5 Exercises. Spatial orthonormal coordinate systems. Figure descriptions via projections onto two planes. Point description.
4 1
6 Line and plane description.Graphic problems.
4 1
7 Metric Problems. Exercises. 4 1
8 Polyhedra. Technical applications. Roofs. 4 1
9 Topographical diagrams, level lines, isoclinal lines. Extreme and saddle points of functions of two variables.
4 1
10 Road and cliff intersections. Two point visibility. Earthings.
4 1
11 Mutual solid intersections. Surface developments.
4 1
12 Axonometry. Projective transformations. Basic projective Theorems.
4 1
13 Descriptions via projections onto three planes. 4 1
14 Brush up exercises. 4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
90
Suggested literature:
• (In Greek) « Lessons of Descriptive Geometry », G. Tsangas, Salonika 1994.
• (In Greek) «Descriptive Geometry», G. Fountas, Athens, 2005.
21
• (In Greek) «Elements of Descriptive Geometry», G. Leukaditis, Athens, 1978.
• (In Greek) «Descriptive Methods, axonometry, elevation, adumbration», G. Leukaditis, Athens, 2006.
• (In Greek) «Descriptive Gepmetry, (Course notes, Un. Of Thessaly)», D. Georgiou, Volos, 2002.
• (In Greek) «Descriptive Gepmetry», S. Iliadis, Patra, 1981.
• (In Greek) «Mechanical Drawing and Elements of Descriptive Gepmetry», St. Mavromatis, Athens 2003.
• «Problems in Descriptive Geometry», Kh. Arustamov, Moscow, 1972
• «Descriptive Geometry for Architects and Builders», R. Lee, Eduard Arnold, L.T.D. London 1962.
• «Projective Geometry», Coxeter, H.S.M. Blaisdell, 1964
• «Descriptive Geometry and Geometric Modeling», Adams J. Alan & Billow Leon M., Philadelphia 1988.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
with additional notes distribution, and question-answer intermediate quizzes.
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
10%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
20%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
22
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
23
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES I,
Course code: CE01_U08
Credits: 3
Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate + Graduate Course type: Mandatory + Selective Course category: Basic + Orientation
Semester: 1st Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Developing academic skills in both written and spoken language. Prerequisites:
• Good knowledge of the foreign language in terms of accuracy and fluency
• Active participation in workshops
• Basic competence in all four skills (reading-writing-listening-speaking )
Instructor’s data: Name: Dr. Vassiliki Zotou
Level: Instructor (Senior) Office: Pedion Areos
Tel. – email: 24210-74322 [email protected] Other tutors: -
24
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1-14
1. Comprehension and production of written and spoken language related to the special subject. Students’ familiarization and practice through academic texts of graded difficulty. Written and oral communicative activities aiming at fluency and accuracy in the foreign language. Basic dexterities for study and evaluation of academic texts, spoken or written.
2. Text reading aiming at understanding
content, as well as pinpointing central idea, skimming for main points and scanning for specific information. Written tasks in information transfer from a text to a grid, diagram, table etc. Essay, report and summary writing. Taking notes in lectures. Following oral directions and instructions. Production of oral academic speech. Commenting on academic lectures and raising questions of scientific interest.
3. Participation in panel sessions. Brief
oral presentation on academic topics. Vocabulary and expressions related to the academic speech of the special subject. Acquisition of academic writing skills.
56 18
Additional hours for: Class project Examinations Preparation for
examinations Educational visit
Text and tasks for specific purposes
16 -
25
Suggested literature:
• Glendinning, E. H. and Glendinning, N. (1995) Oxford English for Electrical and Mechanical Engineering, Oxford: Oxford University Press (Text selection).
• Johnson, C. M. and Johnson, D. (1992) General Engineering, London: Prentice Hall (text selection).
• Hall, E. J. (1977) The Language of Civil Engineering in English, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall Regents.
• Stamison - Atmatzidi, M. (1997) Scientific English Structure and Style: Contextualized for Civil Engineering, Athens: Klidarithmos.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching (Co-operative)
+
25%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
+ Workshops
25%
Exercises
+ Project work
25%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): Tasks/Task-based teaching
25%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: Written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
26
Final examinations
+
50%
Other (describe): Oral and written project work during the term
+
50%
27
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Mathematics II Course code: CE02_U01 Credits:
5 Work load (hours):
146
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: Hours per week: Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Teaching of the course: “Mathematics II”, leads to the completion of the introduction, of students, to fundamentals of Mathematics. An Introduction which started with Analytical Geometry and Linear Algebra and continues with the introduction to Sequences, Series and Power Series and the detailed study of Differential and Integral Calculus of Functions of Several Real Variables. Teaching of Sequences and Power Series results, via the introduction to the fundamental concept of convergence, to the understanding of the concept of “approximation”, so important in engineering science. Multivariable Calculus is a subject of extreme importance since, most of the Quantities used in the mathematical modelling of most branches of Civil Engineering, are repre- sented mathematically, as Multivariable Functions. Thus, for example, the Partial Derivative, the Gradient, the Directional Derivative, the Extrema, the Divergence, the Curl, the Line Integral, and the Double and Triple Integral, are tools without which, the study of Technical(Analytical) Mechanics and Fluid Mechanics, cannot be considered to be complete. The hope is, that as the student faces the fundamental issues and problems of civil engineering during the course of her study she will be able to tackle these issues in depth without any distraction because of lack of mathematical background. In addition to that, we ought to have the students equipped, so that it will be easier for them to face, the mathematical challenges of postgraduate studies if they wish to do so. Prerequisites:
None
Instructor’s data:
Name: Andreas Zoupas Level: Assistant Professor (P.D. 407/80)
Office: Tel. – email: 2421074175 -- [email protected]
28
Other tutors: --- Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Sequences, Series, Taylor and Maclaurin Expansion. Convergence of Sequences, Limits, Algebra of Limits, Convergence Criteria, Cauchy Sequences, Applications.
5 4
2
Series, Definitions, Convergence, Absolute and Conditional Convergence. Power Series, Radius and Interval of Convergence, Differentiation-Integration of Power Series, Applications
5 4
3
Taylor and Maclaurin Polynomials, Remainders and Their Estimation. Taylor and Maclaurin Series, Analytic Functions, Applications.
5 4
4 The Euclidian space Rn. Definition, Inner Product, Norm, Metric, Basic Topological Concepts, Applications.
5 4
5
Functions of Several Variables, Limits, Continuity. Real and Vector Functions, of Several Real Variables, Vector Fields, Linear Functions, Limits, Continuity.
5 4
6
Differentiation. Partial Derivative, Directional Derivative. Differentiability and Differential for Real and Vector Functions of Several Variables.
5 4
7 Gradient, and Directional Derivative, Tangent Planes and Spaces, Linearization, Higher Order Derivatives and Differentials.
5 4
8
Rules of Differentiation. Derivatives and Differentials of Composite Functions. Differentiability-Applications, Vector Diffe-rential Calculus. Gradient: Properties, Geometrical Interpretation, Gradient Fields.
5 4
9 Curl-Divergence: Definitions, and Physical Interpretations. Basic Concepts of Vector Differential Calculus, Expressions in Spherical
5 4
29
and Cylindrical Coordinates.
10
Fundamental Theorems, Applications of Differentiable Functions. Taylor’s Theorem, Implicit Function Theorem, Systems of Implicit Functions, Extrema, Conditional Extrema-Lagrange Multipliers.
5 4
11
Line Integrals. Basic Concepts of the Theory of Curves, Line Inte-grals of the First Kind, Line Integrals of the Second Kind, Path Independent Line Integrals,
5 4
12
Potential Functions, Exact Differentials, Applications. Double Integrals. Jordan Measurable Regions,
5 4
13 Definition and Properties of Double Integrals, Fubini’s Theorem, Change of Variables, Applications.
5 4
14 Green’s Theorem: Vector Form, Divergence Theorem in the Plane, Applications. Review of Basic Concepts.
5 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 17
Suggested literature:
TEXTS IN GREEK
1. J. Marsden, A. Tromba.Vector Calculus (Translated in Greek), University of Krete Press, Heraklion, 2005. (Class Text.)
2. N. Kadianakis, and S. Karanasios and A. Felouris.Analysis II, Functions of Several Variables, 2003.
3. Sotirios Ntougias. Differential Calculus I. University Mathematical Texts. Leader Books Publishing, Athens, 2005.
4. Ch. Kokkinos. Lectures in Mathematics II, Department of Electrical Engineering National Technical University of Athens, Unpublished Notes, 1997.
5. Louis, Brand. Mathematical Analysis (Advanced Calculus) (Translated in Greek). Helenic Mathematical Society, Athens, 1984.
6. Michael Spivak.Calculus on Manifolds, A modern Approach to the Classic Theorems of Advanced Calculus (Translated in Greek). University of Krete Press, Heraklion, 1994.
7. Tom M. Apostol.Differential and Integral Calculus, Vol. I (Translated in Greek). Atlantis Publishing, Athens, 1962.
8. Tom M. Apostol. Differential and Integral Calculus, Vol. II (Translated in Greek). Atlantis Publishing, Athens, 1962.
9. John H. Hubbard-Barbara Burke Hubbard. Differential Calculus, Linear
30
Algebra and Differential Forms, A Unified Approach. University of Patras Press, 2006.
10. Andreas Zoupas (2009). Notes in Mathematics II (Electronic Format): http://eclass.uth.gr/MHXC109/.
11. TEXTS IN ENGLISH
12. Louis Brand. Vector Analysis. Dover, Mineola, New York, 2006. 13. R. Courant and F. John. Introduction to Calculus and Analysis, Vol. I.
Springer, Berlin Heidelberg New York, 1989. 14. R. Courant and F. John. Introduction to Calculus and Analysis, Vol. II/1.
Springer, Berlin Heidelberg New York, 1989. 15. R. Courant and F. John. Introduction to Calculus and Analysis, Vol. II/2.
Springer, Berlin Heidelberg New York, 1989. 16. Frank Morgan. Real Analysis and Applications. American Mathematical
Society, 2005. 17. Walter Rudin. Principles of Mathematical Analysis. McGraw-Hill, Inc.,
1976.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Use of Whiteboard and Projector (for notes in electronic format). Use of University of Thessaly’s eclass webpage, for uploading teaching material, related web links, briefing, and communication with students
100%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
31
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
32
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: PHYSICS II Course code: CE02_U02 Credits: 6 Work load
(hours): 150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 2o Hours per week: 5 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
This course aims to a systematic presentation of principles in the domain of
Electromagnetism and Optics along with a brief introduction to Atomic and
Nuclear Physics.
Prerequisites:
• Knowledge of basic physic concepts.
• Basic Knowledge of Differential and Integral Calculus
Instructor’s data: Name: Theodoros Karakasidis
Level: Lecturer Office:
Tel. – email: +30.24210.74163 – [email protected] Other tutors:
33
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Electrostatics. Electric charge. Coulomb’s Law. Electric field.
5 3
2 Gauss’ Law for electric filed. 5 4
3 Magnetic forces on moving charges and electric currents
5 4
4 Magnetic fields produced by moving charges and electric currents.
5 4
5 Electromagnetic fields in matter. 5 4
6 Ampere’s Law. 5 3
7 Faraday’s Law. 5 3
8 Electromagnetic waves. 5 4
9 Direct electric current.Alternating current. 5 4
10 Geometrical optics. Reflection – Refraction. Polarization.
5 3
11 Interference 5 4
12 Diffraction. 5 4
13 Lasers. Molecular spectroscopy. Elements of molecular physics.
5 4
14 Elements of nuclear physics. Radioactivity. 5 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
10 3 15
Suggested literature:
• D. Halliday, R. Resnick, J. Walker «Fundamentals of Physics», John Wiley & Sons; 5th edition, 1997.
• K. W.Ford, “Classical and Modern Physics», John Wiley & Sons, 1974.
34
• Paul G. Hewitt, J. Suchocki, L. A. Hewitt «Conceptual Physical Science”, Longman; 2nd edition (January 1999)
• M. Alonso, Ε. J. Finn Physics, Addison-Wesley Publishing; 1992.
• D. Young, R. A. Freedman, T. R. Sandin, A. Lewis Ford, Sears and Zemansky's University Physics (10th Edition) Addison-Wesley Pub Co; 10th edition, 1999
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
……….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework 15
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
85
Other (describe): …………………………
35
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Mechanics IΙ Course code: CE02_S03 Credits: 5 Work load
(hours): 125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 2o Hours per week: 5 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course is introductory to continuum mechanics. Physical concepts like stress tensor, strain tensor, constitutive equations, energy density, body forces, elastic and piezoelectric constants etc are described. The topics that are developed include equilibrium, thermodynamics, kinematics, compatibility, thermoelasticity, stress functions, potential and virtual work. Planar structural indeterminant structures are examined. Plane thermoelasticity problems are solved and the fundamentals of numerical techniques via energy theorems are developed. The fundamental energy theorems of virtual work and the elasticity theorems are also examined for non-linear materials under small deformations.
Prerequisites:
• Mathematics II
• Mechanics I
• Physics II Instructor’s data:
Name: Antonios Giannakopoulos Level: Professor
Office: 113 Tel. – email: 24210-74179 Other tutors: Athanasios Zisis
36
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Tensors, vectors and scalars. 5 3
2 The stress tensor. 5 3
3 The strain tensor and the spin tensor. 5 3
4 Equilibrium. 5 3
5 Compatibility. 5 3
6 Thermodynamics (energy density). 5 3
7 Potential and Stability. 5 3
8 Constitutive equations. 5 3
9 Linear thermoelasticity. 5 3
10 Boundary value problems. 5 3
11 Indeterminate structures. 5 3
12 Stress functions. 5 3
13 Energy theorems (virtual work). 5 3
14 Energy theorems (non-linear elasticity). 5 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
13
Suggested literature:
• Tsamasphyros G., 1990, Mechanics of Deformable Medium I, Pubisher Symmetria.
• Freudenhal A. M., 1966, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, John Wiley and Sons.
• Lass H., 1950, Vector and Tensor Analysis, Dover.
37
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70……….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
30……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
38
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Probability-Statistics
Course code: CE02_U04
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate X Graduate
Course type: Mandatory X Selective Course category: Basic X Orientation
Semester: 2o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): -Acquaintance with the principles of the laws of probabilities and statistics as well as with the statistical methods and techniques (Probability and Statistical Theory and Methodology in Engineering-Engineering Applications). -Use of statistical methodology in the study and programming of engineering planning and design.
Instructor’s data:
Name: Chrysoula Ganatsiou Level: temporary teaching (407/80) Office: Tel. – email: 2421074175, [email protected],
39
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Probability theory and methodology in enginee-ring. Theory and applications.
4 3
2 Basic concepts in Probability Theory (Events and probabilities, Conditional Probability, Bayes Theorem). Theory and applications.
4 3
3 Analytical models of random phenomena (Random variables, Probability distributions, One-dimensional discrete distributions). Theory and applications.
4 3
4 Analytical models of random phenomena (One-dimensional continuous distributions). Theory and applications.
4 3
5 Multidimensional random variables. Functions of random variables. Theory and applications.
4 3
6 Collection and classification of statistical data. Frequency distribution. Characteristic values of location and dispersion. Theory and applications.
4 3
7 Empirical parametric estimation (Random sampling and point estimation) Theory and applications.
4 3
8 Empirical parametric estimation (Estimation of confidence interval for the mean value, the variation, the rate of the binomial distribution) Problems of measurement theory. Theory and applications.
4 3
9 Empirical determination of distributions (Map of probability distribution of the normal distribution, the log-normal distribution. Construction of map) Theory and applications.
4 3
10 Test of adaptability of the assuming distribution (Test X2, Test Kolmogorov-Smirnov) Theory and applications.
4 3
11 Regression analysis (Linear regression analysis, Nonlinear regression analysis) Theory and applications
4 3
12 Applications of the regression analysis in engineering. Correlation (estimation of the coefficient of correlation). Theory and applications.
4 2
13 Bayes methodology in parametric estimation and sampling (basic notions, discrete-continuous case) Theory and applications
4 2
14 Quality control 4 2
40
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
30
Suggested literature:
• ALFREDO, H., ANG, S., WILSON, H. TANG “Εφαρµογές Πιθανοτήτων και Στατιστικής στη µελέτη και προγραµµατισµό τεχνικών έργων” Εκδ. Κυριακίδη Θεσ/νικη 1993.(Μετάφραση: Καθ. ∆ηµ. Παν.Θ ∆. Παναγιωτακόπουλος).
• BROWNLEE, K.A. “Statistical Theory and Methodology in Science and
Engineering” J. Wiley & Sons, New York 1960.
• LIPSON, C., SHETH, N.J, “Statistical Design and Analysis of Engineering Expirements” McGraw - Hill Book Company, New York 1973.
• HALD, A., “Statistical Theory with Engineering Applications” J Willey &
Sons, New York, 1952.
• ΠΑΠΑΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ, Τ., ΛΟΥΚΑΣ, Σ., “Θεωρία Πιθανοτήτων και Στατιστικής” , Εκδόσεις Σταµούλη, Αθήνα, 1997.
• HOWITT, D., GRAMMER, D., “Στατιστική µε το SPSS 13”, Εκδόσεις
Κλειδάριθµος, Αθήνα, 2006.
• NORUSIS, M. J., “Οδηγός Ανάλυσης ∆εδοµένων µε το SPSS 12.0”. Εκδόσεις Κλειδάριθµος, Αθήνα, 2005.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Χ
40%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
Χ
demonstrations of statistical tables-graphs-results of statistical processing
10%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
X
tutorial exercises-applications
50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
41
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework X
20
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
X
80
Other (describe): …………………………
42
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Engineering Construction Machines
Course code: CE02_U05
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
159
Course level: Undergraduate √ Graduate
Course type: Mandatory √ Selective
Course category: Basic √ Orientation
Semester: 2o Hours per week: 5 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
• Engineering Construction Machines - Details of Machinery
• Analysis of Engineering Construction Machines
• Methodology and Engineering Construction Machines Performance Level Indices
• Evaluation techniques
• Models for technico-economical management of Engineering Construction Machines
Prerequisites:
Economics Instructor’s data: Name: Dimitra Vagiona
Level: Adjunct Lecturer Office:
Tel. – email: [email protected] Other tutors:
43
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Details of machinery 5 4
2 Elements of transmission of rotary movement 5 5
3 Cog-wheels, Planet system of cog-wheels 5 6
4 Classification of Engineering Construction Machines, Introduction to construction
5 3
5 Determination of Construction Machines’ cost 5 10
6 Determination of performance of Engineering Construction Machines
5 5
7 Leveling machines 5 4
8 Conveyance machines 5 4
9 Excavator machines 5 8
10 Machines of excavation, removal and movement of ground
5 8
11 Machines of configuration of ground 5 5
12-14 Evaluation and technico-economical management of Engineering Construction
Machines
15 8
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
8 3 8
Suggested literature:
1. Notes on Engineering Construction Machines, V. Papathanasiou, G. Fotiadis, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Polytechnic School, Department of Civil Engineering 2. «Engineering Construction Machines», Efremides, Symmetria Pbls. , 1998 3. Teacher's notes
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
√
60%
44
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
√
40%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
√ 10 √
10
Interim examination
Final examinations
√ 80
Other (describe): …………………………
45
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES II
Course code: CE02_U06
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate + Graduate
Course type: Mandatory + Selective Course category: Basic Orientation + Semester: 2nd Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Developing academic skills in both written and spoken language. Prerequisites:
• Good knowledge of the foreign language in terms of accuracy and fluency
• Active participation in workshops
• Basic competence in all four skills (reading-writing-listening-speaking )
Instructor’s data: Name: Dr. Vassiliki Zotou
Level: Instructor (Senior) Office: Pedion Areos
Tel. – email: 24210-74322 [email protected] Other tutors: -
46
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1-14 4. Comprehension and production of written and spoken language related to the special subject. Students’ familiarization and practice through academic texts of graded difficulty. Written and oral communicative activities aiming at fluency and accuracy in the foreign language. Basic dexterities for study and evaluation of academic texts, spoken or written.
5. Text reading aiming at understanding
content, as well as pinpointing central idea, skimming for main points and scanning for specific information. Written tasks in information transfer from a text to a grid, diagram, table etc. Essay, report and summary writing. Taking notes in lectures. Following oral directions and instructions. Production of oral academic speech. Commenting on academic lectures and raising questions of scientific interest.
56 18
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
10 2 4 -
Suggested literature:
• Glendinning, E. H. and Glendinning, N. (1995) Oxford English for Electrical and Mechanical Engineering, Oxford: Oxford University Press (Text selection).
• Johnson, C. M. and Johnson, D. (1992) General Engineering, London: Prentice Hall (text selection).
• Hall, E. J. (1977) The Language of Civil Engineering in English, Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall Regents.
• Stamison - Atmatzidi, M. (1997) Scientific English Structure and Style: Contextualized for Civil Engineering, Athens: Klidarithmos.
47
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching (Co-operative)
+
25%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
+ Workshops
25%
Exercises
+ Project work
25%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): Tasks/Task-based teaching
25%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
+
50%
Other (describe): Oral and written project work during the term
+
50%
48
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: MATHEMATICS III
Course code: CE03_U01
Credits: Work load (hours):
145
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 3o Hours per week: 5 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
o Ordinary Differential Equations o Applications of Differential Equations o An Introduction to Linear Partial Differential Equations.
Prerequisites:
• Mathematics I (Calculus I, Functions of one variable).
• Mathematics II (Calculus I, Functions of more variables). Instructor’s data:
Name: CHATZARAS IOANNIS Level:
Office: Tel. – email:
Other tutors: Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Basic concepts & Classification of Differential Equations
5 1
2-3 Differential Equations of First Order (Separable, Homogeneous, Linear, Bernoulli, Riccati, Exact, e.t.c.)
10 5
4 Higher Order Differential Equations 5 3 5 Second Order Linear Differential Equations
(Homogeneous and non homogeneous with constant coefficients, the method of undetermined coefficients, the Lagrange method, the Wronsky determinant, Euler-Cauchy Differential Equations)
5 5
6 Applications of first and second order linear 5 3
49
differential equations (spring problems, electric circuits, buoyancy problems, falling body problems, orthogonal trajectories, etc)
7 The Laplace Transform. 5 5 8 Solutions of Linear Systems (using matrices,
Laplace transforms). 5
9-10 Linear Differential Equations, The method of Frobenius (ordinary points, regular singular points, general solution).
10 5
11-12 Higher degree Differential Equations ( Clairaut, Lagrange, e.t.c)
10 5
13 Linear Partial Differential Equations of first order.
5 5
14 Boundary value problems.
5 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 32
Suggested literature:
• “Advanced Applied Mathematics”, G. A. Terzidi, Thessaloniki, 1993
• “Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value problems”, W. E. Boyce and R. C. Diprima, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1997 (sixth edition).
• “An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations”, Coddington, E. A., (Englewood Cliffs, N.J: Prentice Hall, 1961, New York: Dover, 1989).
• “Handbook of Differential Equations “ (2nd edition) San Diego: Academic Press, 1992
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 75%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 25%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
50
Homework 10%
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations 90%
Other (describe): …………………………
51
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Mechanics IΙI Course code: CE03_S02 Credits: 5 Work load
(hours): 125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 3o Hours per week: 5 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course is introductory to Strength of Materials and Linear Elasticity. The topics that are developed include linear elastic analysis of beams, large deformations of beams, elastic stability, structural indeterminant structures, fatigue and fracture mechanics. The geometric characteristics of the beam are examined in detail and especially the center of shear. In particular the bending, shear and torsion of beams are examined in detail. The thin-walled beams are solved completely. Failure criteria are examined using Weibull statistics and Griffith theories of fracture. Prerequisites:
• Mathematics IIΙ
• Mechanics II
• Mechanics I Instructor’s data:
Name: Antonios Giannakopoulos
Level: Professor Office: 113
Tel. – email: 24210-74179 Other tutors: Athanasios Zisis
52
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Axial loading of beams. 5 3
2 Bending of beams. 5 3
3 Torsion of beams. 5 3
4 Torsion of open and closed thin-walled cross sections.
5 3
5 Shearing of beams. 5 3
6 The coupled shear and torsion problem. 5 3
7 The shear center. 5 3
8 Shearing of open and closed thin-walled cross sections.
5 3
9 The elastica. 5 3
10 Linear elastic stability. 5 3
11 Strength criteria. 5 3
12 Weibull statistics (the weakest link senario of failure).
5 3
13 Fatigue (critical strain and critical stress initiation criteria).
5 3
14 Introduction to Linear Fracture Mechanics. 5 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
13
Suggested literature:
• Tsamasphyros G., 1990, Mechanics of Deformable Medium IΙ, Pubisher Symmetria.
• Freudenhal A. M., 1966, Introduction to Mechanics of Solids, John Wiley and Sons.
• Timoshenko S. P. and Gere J. M., 1973, Mechanics of Materials, Van Nostrand, London.
• Anderson T. L., 1991, Fracture Mechanics. Fundamentals and Applications,
53
CRC Press.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70……….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
30……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
54
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Engineering Geology
Course code: CE03_G03
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
115
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 3d Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The objective of the course is to provide an introduction to the study of the science of Geology, with an emphasis on topics affecting the site investigation, design, and construction processes of civil engineering projects. It also analyses the most important of the earth’s interior and surface features, and the processes that contributed to their formation. Reading and interpretation of topographic and geologic maps skills are attained through exercises.
Prerequisites:
• None
Instructor’s data:
Name: Ioannis Clapsopoulos Level: Assistant Professor (contract
instructor)
Office: Office of contract instructors Tel. – email: +3024210-74891 / [email protected]
Other tutors: None
55
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction to Geology. Engineering Geology and Civil Engineering. Earth's shape, structure and composition. Exercises: Maps (definitions, categories and scale). Topographic maps.
4 2
2 Internal and Surficial processes. Exercises: Topographic maps and sections.
4 2
3 Earth’s interior density. Earth’s isostasy and gravity field. Earth’s interior pressure and temperature. Earth’s magnetic field. Exercises: Topographic sections in real topographic maps.
4 3
4 Minerals, their chemical composition, and petrogenetic minerals. Sedimentary rocks (introduction). Exercises: Introduction to geologic maps (horizontal strata [beds]).
4 3
5 Sedimentary rocks. Weathering, erosion, transportation and deposition. Soils and soil forming processes. Exercises: Construction of geologic section in horizontal strata (beds).
4 3
6 Exercises: Geologic maps of inclined strata [beds]). Introduction to the construction of geologic section in inclined strata (beds).
4 4
7 Exercises: Geologic maps of inclined strata [beds]). Construction of geologic section in inclined strata [beds]. Review exercise.
4 2
8 Geologic time. Igneous rocks. Exercises: 3 point problem.
4 2
9 Unconformities. Exercises: Unconformities in geologic maps.
4 3
10 Metamorphic rocks and rock cycle. Exercises: Geologic maps of inclined faults.
4 4
11 Running water, hydrologic cycle, rivers and valleys, geomorphological cycle. Soil and rock porosity and permeability. Exercises: Geologic map of an area with an angular unconformity and a vertical fault.
4 3
12 Water table and aquifers. Groundwater reserves and pollution. Groundwater movement, springs, geothermy and groundwater geomorphology. Exercises:
4 4
56
review exercise on geologic maps.
13 Plate Tectonics. Geotectonic structure of Greece. Seismic waves, earthquake characteristics, effects and categories. Folds. Exercises: Geologic maps of folded strata (beds).
4 4
14 Geologic, mineral and energy resources. Exercises: Geologic maps of folded strata (beds).
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
0 3 15 0
Suggested literature:
• Papanikolaou, D.I , 2007. Geology: The Earth Science, 1st ed. Athens: Editions Pataki.
• Doutsos, Th. , 2000. Geology: Principles and Applications, 1st ed. Athens: Leader Books.
• Clapsopoulos, I., 2001. Topographic and Geologic Maps: An introduction to their reading and interpretation., 2nd ed. Volos: University of Thessaly Press.
• Plummer, C. C., & McGeary, D., 1993. Physical Geology, 6th ed. Dubuque: Wm. C. Brown.
• Bell, F. G., 1993. Engineering Geology. Oxford: Blackwell Scientific.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Oral lectures with examples 30%
Seminars
Demonstrations
Slides, multimedia CD-ROMs and websites
5%
57
Laboratory
Exercises
Reading and interpretation of topographic and geologic maps
65%
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
58
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Geodesy I Course code: CE03_U04 Credits: 4 Work load
(hours): 120
Course level: Undergraduate √√√√ Graduate
Course type: Mandatory √√√√ Selective
Course category: Basic √√√√ Orientation
Semester: 3ο Hours per week: 5 (3 for lectures, 2 for laboratory practice)
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Introduction. Units of surveying measurements. Random Error Theory. Principles of
classical and contemporary surveying instruments. Surveying instruments and
measurement methods of distance, angle, and elevation difference. Contemporary
surveying instruments. Geodetical projections. Triangulation.
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: STELIOS GIALIS Level: TEMPORARY LECTURER
Office: LABORATORY OF GEODESY Tel. – email: +302421074315
Other tutors:
59
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction. Units of surveying measurements. Random Error Theory.
5 3
2 Principles of classical and contemporary surveying instruments.
5 3
3 Surveying instruments and measurement methods of distance
5 3
4 Surveying instruments and measurement methods of distance
5 3
5 Surveying instruments and measurement methods of angles
5 3
6 Surveying instruments and measurement methods of angles
5 3
7 Surveying instruments and measurement methods of elevation difference
5 3
8 Surveying instruments and measurement methods of elevation difference
5 3
9 Digital geodetic instruments 5 3
10 Digital geodetic instruments 5 3
11 Geodetical projections. 5 3 12 Geodetical projections. 5 3 13 Triangulation. 5 3 14 Triangulation. 5 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
22
Suggested literature: Titles in Greek and Lev M. Bugayevskiy, John P. Snyder , Map projections : a reference manual,
London ; Philadelphia : Taylor & Francis, 1998
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching ……….%
Seminars √√√√ 50%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory √√√√ 30%
Exercises √√√√ 20%
Visits at facilities …%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
60
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
√√√√
70
√√√√
30
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
√√√√
100
Other (describe): Laboratory examinations
√√√√
100
61
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: CONSTRUCTION I
Course code: CE03_S05
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 3o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Scientific approach to the content of building construction. Study of the building elements: kinds, properties, materials, Excavations, morphology of foundations, water – proofing of building elements. Structure stairs, lifts, walls, roofs, terraces, lighting – ventilation, quality of internal space
Prerequisites:
Technical design Instructor’s data: Name: GEORGE VLACHOS
Level: ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR (407/80) Office:
Tel. – email: 2421074175- [email protected] Other tutors:
62
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
The scientific approach of building construction
4 2
2 Excavation 4 2
3 Morphology of foundations 4 2 4 Water proofing of building elements 4 2
5 Structure of buildings 4 2 6 Structure of buildings 4 2
7 Stairs 4 2 8 Stairs 4 2 9 Lifts 4 2
10 Walls 4 2 11 Roofs 4 2
12 Terraces 4 2 13 Lighting -ventilation 4 2
14 Lighting -ventilation 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
36
Suggested literature:
ATHANASSOPOULOS CH. ‘’ CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDINGS’’
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 40%
Seminars 10%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 50%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework 25
Class project
Interim examination 25
63
Final examinations 50
Other (describe): …………………………
64
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Building Materials Course code: CE03_U06 Credits: 4 Work load
(hours): 120
Course level: Undergraduate Χ Graduate Course type: Mandatory Χ Selective Course category: Basic Χ Orientation
Semester: 3ο Hours per week:
5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Comprehend the major properties and behavior of the most important materials used in construction.
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: BAXEVANI ELENI
Level: Adjunct Assistant Professor Office:
Tel. – email: 24210 74147 – [email protected] Other tutors:
65
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction – Physical properties 5 2 2 Mechanical and technological properties 5 2
3 Rocks - Marbles 5 2 4 Aggregates - properties 5 2 5 Aggregates (exercises) 5 2
6 Cements – production - properties 5 2 7 Mortars
Concrete – Physical properties
5 2
8 Concrete – Mechanical properties Additives
5 2
9 Concrete – production (exercises) 5 2 10 Testing methods of concrete 5 2
11 Testing methods in used concrete Masonry - Ceramics
5 2
12 Steel – Physical and Mechanical properties 5 2
13 Steel Reinforced concrete Metals
5 2
14 Wood – physical and mechanical properties Polymers – Fiber reinforced composites - properties
5 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
22
Suggested literature:
1. A.X. TRIANTAFILOU, «Building Materials», ISBN 960-92177-1-0, Patra 2008. 2. Ε. BAXEVANI, «Building Materials Ι» και «Building Materials ΙΙ», University of Thessaly, Volos 2001. 3. J. ZANIEWSKI, M. MAMLOUK, «Materials for civil and construction engineers», Pearson Education, (US) 2005.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 70%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory 10%
Exercises 20%
Visits at facilities ……….%
66
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations 100
Other (describe): …………………………
67
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Introducing CΑD & GIS software
Course code: CE03_U07
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate √√√√ Graduate
Course type: Mandatory √√√√ Selective
Course category: Basic √√√√ Orientation
Semester: 3 Hours per week: 5 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): The course deals with a wide spectrum of functions related to AUTOCAD and ARCGIS with specific applications concerning Civil Engineers’ professional issues. As far as Autocad is concerned, with equitable concatenation of learning of commands the user is worked out in the necessary processes for the growth of drawing, from the election of size of paper, the cruelty of pencil and the scale of designing, up to the rotation of object in the three dimension space and the production of final drawings in paper with printer or plotter. Overall, the course deals with the following tasks: Introduction, basic concepts, Designing with AutoCad, basic tools, Organizing an AutoCad drawing, Advanced drawing tools in AutoCad, Plotting drawings in AutoCad, Introduction to 3D Designing, Introduction to ARCGIS, basic concepts, Spatial databases, Designing thematic maps with ArcGis, Spatial analysis with ArcGis Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: STELIOS GIALIS
Level: TEMPORARY LECTURER Office: LABORATORY OF GEODESY Tel. – email: +302421074315
Other tutors:
68
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction, basic concepts 5 3
2 Designing with AutoCad, basic tools 5 3
3 Designing with AutoCad, basic tools 5 3
4 Organizing an AutoCad drawing 5 3
5 Organizing an AutoCad drawing 5 3
6 Advanced drawing tools in AutoCad 5 3
7 Advanced drawing tools in AutoCad 5 3
8 Advanced drawing tools in AutoCad 5 2
9 Plotting drawings in AutoCad 5 2
10 Introduction to 3D Designing 5 2
11 Introduction to ARCGIS, basic concepts 5 1
12 Spatial databases 5 1
13 Designing thematic maps with ArcGis 5 1
14 Spatial analysis with ArcGis 5 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 16
Suggested literature:
Kappos J., Learning Autocad, architectural examples, Tziolas, Thessaloniki, 2006
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
……….%
69
Seminars
√√√√ 20
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
√√√√ 60
……….%
Exercises
√√√√ 20
……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
√√√√
30
√√√√
70
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
√√√√
100
Other (describe): …………………………
70
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Transportation engineering
Course code: CE04_T01
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
119
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 4rd Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Basic concepts of transportation engineering. Traffic flow theory. Capacity and level of service. Methods for estimating capacity.
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: Level:
Office: Tel. – email:
Other tutors:
71
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction to transportation engineering. The transportation system.
4
2 Capacity and level of service. Estimation processes.
4
3 Estimation processes for pedestrian and bicycles
4 2
4 Estimation processes for transit 4 2
5 Urban streets analysis 4
6 Analysis of signalized intersections 4 2
7 Analysis of unsignalised intersections 4 2
8 Analysis of two-lane highways 4 2
9 Analysis of multilane highways 4 1
10 Analysis of basic freeway segments 4 1
11 Analysis of freeway weaving sections 4 2
12 Analysis of ramps and ramp junctions 4 2
13 Corridor analysis 4 2
14 Areawide analysis 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
24 3 16 -
Suggested literature:
• Γ.Α. Γιαννόουλος, Σχεδιασµός των Μεταφορών και Κυκλοφοριακή Τεχνική, Τόµος 1, Γ΄Εκδοση, Παρατηρητής, 1986.
• Highway Capacity Manual 2000, Transportation Research Board, National Research Council, Washington D.C. 2000.
• Traffic Engineering Handbook, Institute of Transportation Engineers ITE, 2000.
72
• Roads and Traffic in Urban Areas, Institution of Highways and Transportation and the Department of Transport, Crown 1987.
• Louis J. Pignataro, Traffic Engineering - theory and practice, Prentice - Hall, Inc. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 1973.
• DENOS C. GAZIS, TRAFFIC THEORY, KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBLISHERS, 2002.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
60%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
20%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
20%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: Written % Oral %
Homework
10
Class project
30
Interim examination
Final examinations
60
Other (describe): …………………………
73
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Structural Analysis I
Course code: CE04_S02
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 4th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The main objective is the understanding of the principles of structural analysis. The
lectures concern the determination of the stress and deformation of statically
determinate structures and the determination of influence lines. Finally, the
students are introduced to the principle of virtual work, the reciprocal theorems
and their applications in structural analysis. The result is the familiarization of the
students with the statically determinate structures and the comprehension of the
stress flow in different structural systems.
Prerequisites:
Mechanics I
Instructor’s data: Name: Euripidis Mistakidis
Level: Associate Professor Office: 101
Tel. – email: 24210 74171 – [email protected] Other tutors:
74
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Statically determinate structures. Basic principles. The
support of rigid bodies. Determination of reactions and
internal forces.
4 2
2 Diagrams of bending moments, shear and axial forces
due to concentrated and distributed loads. Properties
and interrelation of the diagrams. The diagrams of
polygonal structures.
4 2
3 Frame structures. The construction of the M,Q
diagrams through the diagrams of the simply supported
beam.
4 2
4 The notion of influence lines. The influence lines of
simple beams.
4 2
5 Formulation and analysis of complex structures. The
influence lines of complex structures.
4 2
6 Formulation and analysis of simple and complex
trusses. The influence lines of truss structures.
4 2
7 The curved beam. Applications in tension and
compression structures. Applications of symmetry in
structural analysis.
4 2
8 Stable and unstable structures. The motion of rigid
bodies in two dimensions. The study of one-degree-of-
freedom unstable rigid systems. Applications.
4 2
9 Generalized forces and displacements. Fundamental
displacements. The principle of virtual work for rigid
systems with bilateral and unilateral supports.
4 2
10 Applications of the principle of virtual work for rigid
systems. Calculation of internal or external forces.
4 2
11 Deformations of beams. Virtual displacements. The
principle of virtual work for deformable systems.
4 2
12 The reciprocal theorems and their applications. The
determination of deflections.
4 2
13 Deflections from external loading, support
displacements, internal discontinuities and
themperature effects.
4 2
14 Determination of the deflected shapes of beams and
trusses.
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
75
36 -
Suggested literature:
1. Ι. Αβραμίδης, Στατική των Κατασκευών, Τόμος Ι (Θεωρία), Εκδόσεις ΣΟΦΙΑ, Θεσσαλονίκη 2008.
2. Ι. Αβραμίδης-Κ. Μορφίδης, Στατική των Κατασκευών, Τόμος Ια (Ασκήσεις), Εκδόσεις ΣΟΦΙΑ,
Θεσσαλονίκη 2008.
3. Γ. Νιτσιώτας, Στατική των Γραμμικών Φορέων, Τόμος Ι Εκδόσεις ΖΗΤΗ, Θεσσαλονίκη 1980.
4. A. Armenakas, Classical Structural Analysis: A Modern Approach, McGraw Hill Text, 1988.
5. A. Ghali, A.M. Neville, Structural Analysis, SPON Press.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
40 %
Seminars
Demonstrations
Laboratory
Exercises
60 %
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
30%
Interim examination
Final examinations
70%
Other (describe): …………………………
76
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: CONSTRUCTION II
Course code: CE04_S03
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
127
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 4o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Study of the thermal insulation, solar protection, wind protection, fire protection of buildings. Openings. Internal installations. Coatings. Decks. Coverings. Elaboration of the subject. Prerequisites:
Technical design Construction I
Instructor’s data: Name: GEORGE VLACHOS
Level: ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR (407/80) Office:
Tel. – email: 2421074175- [email protected] Other tutors:
77
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Thermal insulation 4 2 2 Solar protection-Wind protection 4 1
3 Sound protection 4 2 4 Fire protection 4 2
5 Openings 4 1 6 Internal installations 4 2
7 Internal installations 4 2 8 Coatings 4 1
9 Decks 4 1 10 Coverings 4 1
11 Study and design of a building 4 3 12 Study and design of a building 4 3
13 Study and design of a building 4 3 14 Study and design of a building 4 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
32 4 8
Suggested literature:
NEUFERT ‘’CONSTRUCTION’’
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 25%
Seminars 25%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises Design of a building 50%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project 50
78
Interim examination 10
Final examinations 40
Other (describe): …………………………
79
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: FLUID MECHANICS
Course code: CE04_H04
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: Fourth Hours per week: 5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course objective is to expose the students to the basic methodology of solving problems related to fluids in equilibrium or in motion such as: calculation of hydrostatic forces on plane or curved submerged surfaces in stationary liquids, the calculation of the various parameters in the flow field of real or ideal fluids, control volume based analysis of fluid motion, the calculation of laminar viscous flow in simple geometries , as well as an introduction to turbulent flows and boundary-layer theory.
Prerequisites:
• Engineering Mechanics
• Calculus
• Differential Equations
Instructor’s data: Name: Antonios Liakopoulos
Level: Professor Office: Department of Civil Engineering,
Office 104
Tel. – email: +302421074111, [email protected]
Other tutors: -
80
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction. Properties of Fluids 5 4
2 Hydrostatics I 5 5
3 Hydrostatics II 5 5
4 Streamlines. Pathlines 5 5
5 Advanced Kinematics Concepts 5 5
6 Conservation of Mass. Streamfuction 5 5
7 Conservation of Momentum I 5 5
8 Conservation of Momentum II. Navier Stokes Equation
5 5
9 Conservation of Energy. Principle 5 5
10 Integral Analysis of Fluid Motion 5 5
11 Inviscid Flow. Bernoulli Equation 5 5
12 Introduction to Potential Flow Theory 5 5
13 Introduction to Turbulence 5 4
14 Introduction to boundary Layer Theory 5 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 10
Suggested literature:
• Noutsopoulos, G., and Christodoulou, G., 1996. Fluid mechanics for Civil Engineers. NTU Athens. (In Greek)
• Ganoulis, J.G., 1982. Introduction to fluid mechanics. Thessaloniki. (in greek)
• Fox & McDonald 1998. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics. Wiley.
• F. M. White 1986. Fluid Mechanics. McGraw-Hill.
• Demetriou, J.D., 1997. Fluid mechanics, Volume 1 - Introduction. Athens.
81
(in greek)
• Demetriou, J.D., 1997. Fluid mechanics, Volume 2 - Applications. Athens. (in greek)
• Kotsovinos, N.E., 1983. Hydraulics, Volume I. Xanthi. (in greek)
• Noutsopoulos, G., 1972. Theoretical and applied hydraulics lectures, Volume A. Athens. (in greek)
• Papaioannou, A., 1996. Fluid mechanics, Volumes I and II. Athens. (in greek)
• Tsangaris, S., 1995. Mechanics of fluids. Symeon Editions, Athens. (in greek)
• Rouse, H, 1961. Fluid mechanics for hydraulic engineers. Dover.
• Streeter, VL, 1961. Handbook of fluid dynamics. McGraw-Hill.
• Van Dyke, M, 1982. An album of fluid motion. Parabolic Press.
For advanced special topics:
• Currie, IG, 1974. Fundamental mechanics of fluids. McGraw-Hill.
• Daily, J.W., & Harlemman, D.R.F., 1966. Fluid dynamics. Addison-Wesley.
• Schlichting, H., 1979. Boundary-layer theory. McGraw-Hill.
82
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
…95….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
…5….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
…..….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
83
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering
Course code: CE04_U05
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
140
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 4o Hours per week: 5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Applications of numerical analysis methods in civil engineering.
Prerequisites:
-
Instructor’s data:
Name: Dr. Ioannis Sarris
Level: Visiting lecturer Office:
Tel. – email: 4090, [email protected] Other tutors:
84
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction. Measuring Errors. Sources of Error. Floating Point Representation. Machine ε. Errors.
5 2
2 Solution of equations system, Direct methods Gauss elimination, Gauss-Jordan and Thomas.
5 5
3 LU factorization. Unstable systems, table norms. 5 4
4 Recursive methods of Jacobi, Gauss-Seidel, S.O.R.. Comparison of recursive methods and definition of spectral radius.
5 5
5 Non-linear systems, Newton’s method 5 4
6 Solution of equations. Bisection method. Linear interpolation method. Secant Method.
5 5
7 Newton- Raphson Method. Roots of polynomial 5 5
8 Interpolation. Tables of differences and finite differences operators. Newton-Gregory Interpolation.
5 2
9 Lagrange Interpolation. Newton Interpolation. Hermite Interpolation.
5 3
10 Quadratic and Cubic “splines” Interpolation. Least square method
5 5
11 Integration. Newton Cotes Integration formula. Trapezoidal Rule. Simpson's 1st and 2nd Rule of integration.
5 4
12 Richardson method. Romberg Integration. Gauss Integration.
5 3
13 ODE Primer. Euler's Method. Runge-Kutta 2nd. Runge-Kutta 4th.
5 3
14 Finite Difference Method. Shooting Method 5 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 10
Suggested literature:
• Μ. Ν. Vrachatis, Mathematical Analysis, Ellinika Grammata, Athens 2002. (in Greek)
85
• G.D. Akribis – Β.Α. Dougalis, «Introduction to numerical analysis», Cretan University Editions, 1998. (in Greek)
• S. C. Chapra, R. P. Canade, Numerical methods for engineers, McGraw Hill, 1998.
• G.E. Forsythe – M.A. Malcolm – C.B. Moler , «Computer methods for mathematical computations», Prentice-Hall, 1977
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
10%
Exercises
20%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
10
Class project
Interim examination
20
Final examinations
70
Other (describe): …………………………
86
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Geodesy II and applied mapping
Course code: CE04_U06
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
139
Course level: Undergraduate √√√√ Graduate
Course type: Mandatory √√√√ Selective
Course category: Basic √√√√ Orientation
Semester: 4o Hours per week: 5 (3 for lectures, 2 for laboratory practice)
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Traverse surveying. Topographic surveying and mapping. Digital elevation models.
Surveying methods of buildings, monuments, and archeological sites. Estimation
methods of area and volume. Building construction surveying and lay out.
Construction surveying and lay out of highways, tunnels, and bridges. Construction
surveying and lay out of water supply networks, sewer networks, harbors, and dams.
Cadastral and property surveying. Introduction to urban planning and design.
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: STELIOS GIALIS
Level: TEMPORARY LECTURER Office: LABORATORY OF GEODESY
Tel. – email: +302421074315 Other tutors:
87
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Traverse surveying. 5 2
2 Traverse surveying. 5 2
3 Topographic surveying and mapping. 5 2
4 Topographic surveying and mapping. 5 2
5 Digital elevation models. 5 2
6 Surveying methods of buildings, monuments, and archeological sites.
5 2
7 Surveying methods of buildings, monuments, and archeological sites.
5 2
8 Surveying methods of buildings, monuments, and archeological sites.
5 2
9 Estimation methods of area and volume. 5 2
10 Construction surveying and lay out of highways, tunnels, and bridges.
5 2
11 Construction surveying and lay out of highways, tunnels, and bridges.
5 2
12 Construction surveying and lay out of water supply networks, sewer networks, harbors, and dams.
5 2
13 Introduction to urban planning and design. 5 2
14 Introduction to urban planning and design. 5 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
24 3 10 4
Suggested literature: Titles in Greek and Lev M. Bugayevskiy, John P. Snyder , Map projections : a reference manual,
London ; Philadelphia : Taylor & Francis, 1998
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching ……….%
Seminars √√√√ 50%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory √√√√ 25%
Exercises √√√√ 22%
Visits at facilities √√√√ 3%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
88
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework √√√√ 50 √√√√ 50
Class project √√√√ 100
Interim examination
Final examinations √√√√ 100
Other (describe): …………………………
89
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Introduction to Environmental Engineering & Managment
Course code: CE04_U07
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
118
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 4o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The objective of this course is the basic training & introduction of civil engineering students on general issues regarding the human & natural environment with emphasis to environmental technologies in the most important section of environmental impacts. It is an introductory course where the students learn about environmental legislation, natural & human ecosystems, sustainable development, and are trained on basic environmental impacts on air pollutants, environmental noise, liquid & solid wastes fauna & flora etc.. . This course consists a very important educational tool especially for all students which covering all sections provided by the civil engineers department.
Prerequisites:
Activation of the Environmental legislation course is higly advisable
Instructor’s data:
Name: Konstantinos VOGIATZIS Level: Ass Professor
Office: 1st floor Civil Eng. Building Tel. – email: 24210-74170 [email protected]
Other tutors: -
90
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Environmental protection & sustainable development: Basic principles
4
4
2 Legal context for Preliminary & Final EIA execution
4 4
3 Major environmental areas/impacts – Evaluation
4 4
4 Land uses – Sensitive areas 4 4
5 Natural & Human Ecosystems 4 4
6 Air Pollutants – Atmospheric environment : Basic sources & emissions
4 4
7 Air Pollutants – Atmospheric environment : Dispersion models
4 4
8 Acoustic Environment: Noise sources during construction & operation
4 4
9 Acoustic Environment: Basic elements of noise protection
4 4
10 Liquid & Solid wastes : Sources - Treatment & Management :
4 4
11 Liquid & Solid wastes : Transportation & Recycling
4 4
12 Management & Monitoring of environmental parameters
4 4
13 Environmental Terms Approval (ΕΠΟ) 4 4
14 Seminar from expert of ΕΥΠΕ-ΥΠΕΧΩ∆Ε 2 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
- 4 4 Probably 1 day depending conditions
91
Suggested literature:
• ∆ίκαιο Περιβάλλοντος, (∆ηµόσιο ∆ίκαιο και Περιβάλλον) Γλυκερία . Σιουτη Εκδόσεις ΑΝΤ. Ν. ΣΑΚΚΟΥΛΑ, Αθήνα Κοµοτηνή 1993
• Η εριβαλλοντική ολιτική στην Ελλάδα ΟΟΣΑ Παρίσι 1983
• Περιβάλλον (Μελέτες Περιβαλλοντικών Ειτώσεων) Γ. Βαβίζος, Α. Μερτζάνης Εκδόσεις ΠΑΠΑΣΩΤΗΡΙΟΥ, 2002
• Οικολογική Θεωρία και Πράξη στις Περιβαλλοντικές Μελέτες (χλωρίδα, ανίδα και οικοσυστήµατα) Γ. Βαβίζος, κ. Ζαννάκη Εκδόσεις ΠΑΠΑΖΗΣΗ,1998
• Υδατικοί όροι: Ι. Τεχνική Υδρολογία Γ. Τσακίρης, ΚΑΘ. ΕΜΠ (Υεύθυνος έκδοσης)-Εκδόσεις ΣΥΜΜΕΤΡΙΑ, 1995
• Ατµοσφαιρική Ρύανση (ειτώσεις, έλεγχος & εναλλακτικές τεχνολογίες Ι. Β. Γεντεκάκης, Παν. Πάτρας Εκδόσεις ΤΖΙΟΛΑ
• Θάµνοι και δέντρα στην Ελλάδα, Τόµος ΙΙ Θ.Ι. Αραµατζης Οικολογική κίνηση ∆ράµας & ΤΕΙ Καβάλας, ∆ραµα 2001
• Wastewater engineering : treatme nt, disposal, and reuse, Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. 3rd ed., revised by George Tchobanoglous, Franklin L. Burton. New York : McGraw-Hill, c1991.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 50%
Seminars 15%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 20%
Visits at facilities 15%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations 100%
Other (describe): …………………………
92
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Highway Engineering I
Course code: CE05_T01
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
160
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 5 Hours per week: 5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Highway Geometric Design The students will learn to design highways by giving accent to Road Safety. Emphasis will be given to comprehend the importance of environmental consistency and economic aspects of road construction Prerequisites:
• Mathematics I and II
• Applied Physics
• Descriptive Geometry
• Technical Drawing techniques Instructor’s data:
Name: Nikolaos Eliou Level: Associate Prof.
Office: Tel. – email: +30-24210-74150 [email protected] Other tutors: Kaliabetsos G., Scientific Assistant
93
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Design and Construction of Road Projects 5
2 Design Procedure. Methodology. 5
3 Design Procedure. Methodology 5
4 Horizontal Alignment 5 2
5 Vertical Alignment 5 2
6 Super elevation Diagrams 5 2
7 Cross sections 5 2
8 Road widening study 5 1
9 Visibility Study 5 1
10 3D Road Design 5 1
11 Earthworks calculation 5 1
12 Tender Documents 5 1
13 Earthmoving Diagrams (Bruckner) 5 1
14 Environmental Aspects relating to Road projects
5 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
60 3 10 2
Suggested literature:
• “Richtlinien fur die Anlage von Strassen. Elemente der linienfuhrung“ RAS-L-1, 1984.
• AASHTO “ A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets “1984
94
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
50 %
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
20 %
Exercises
20 %
Visits at facilities
10 %
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
40 % 20 %
Interim examination
Final examinations
40 %
Other (describe): …………………………
95
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Structural Analysis IΙ
Course code: CE05_S02
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
156
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 5th Hours per week: 5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course includes the classical methods for the analysis of statically
indeterminate structures, i.e. the flexibility and stiffness methods. Apart from the
comprehension of the analysis methods, the target of the course is the indication
of the advantages and disadvantages of the statically indeterminate structures
with respect to statically determinate ones, depending on the specific application.
The course also includes the determination of influence lines of statically
indeterminate structures. Αs a result the students become familiar with the stress
flow in statically indeterminate structures.
Prerequisites:
Mechanics I
Structural analysis I
Instructor’s data:
Name: Euripidis Mistakidis Level: Associate Professor
Office: 101 Tel. – email: 24210 74171 – [email protected]
Other tutors:
96
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to the flexibility method for the analysis of
statically indeterminate structures.Compatibility relations. 5 2
2 Internal forces due to loading, support displacements,
internal discontinuities and temperature effects. 5 2
3 Displacements and deflections with the flexibility method.
Simplified methods for the determination of the
displacements.
5 2
4 Influence lines using the flexibility method. 5 2
5 Continuous beams, statically indeterminate frames. 5 2
6 Statically indeterminate trusses. Formulation and analysis. 5 2
7 Applications of symmetry in statically indeterminate
structures. 5 2
8 The stiffness method. General principles. The duality with
the flexibility method. 5 2
9 Simplification of the stiffness method for the analysis of
nonsway systems due to loading, support
displacements,internal discontinuities and temperature
effects.
5 2
10 Nonsway systems in which the truss equivalent is statically
indeterminate. Determination of the axial forces. 5 2
11 Analysis of sway frames with the stiffness method. 5 2
12 Influence lines with the stiffness method. 5 2
13 Applications of symmetry in the analysis of structures with
the stiffness method. 5 2
14 Combined application of the flexibility and stiffness methods. 5 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
30 (2 extended projects) 3 25 -
Suggested literature:
1. Ι. Αβραμίδης, Στατική των Κατασκευών, Τόμος ΙΙ (Θεωρία), Εκδόσεις ΣΟΦΙΑ, Θεσσαλονίκη
2007.
2. Ι. Αβραμίδης-Κ. Μορφίδης, Στατική των Κατασκευών, Τόμος ΙΙβ (Ασκήσεις), Εκδόσεις ΣΟΦΙΑ,
97
Θεσσαλονίκη 2007.
3. Γ. Νιτσιώτας, Στατική των Γραμμικών Φορέων, Τόμος Ι Εκδόσεις ΖΗΤΗ, Θεσσαλονίκη 1980.
4. A. Armenakas, Classical Structural Analysis: A Modern Approach, McGraw Hill Text, 1988.
5. A. Ghali, A.M. Neville, Structural Analysis, SPON Press.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
40 %
Seminars
Demonstrations
Laboratory
Exercises
60 %
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
30%
Interim examination
Final examinations
70%
Other (describe): …………………………
98
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: HYDRAULICS Course code: CE05_H03
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate X Graduate Course type: Mandatory X Selective
Course category: Basic X Orientation Semester: 5 Hours per week: 5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course objective is the calculation of steady flows in pressure pipes and in free surface flows, applying the principles of fluid mechanics. The student learns the methodology and gets the ability of building simple computational models for pipe flow and open channel flow problems. Some of these are shown in the hydraulics laboratory. Also, the student builds a theoretical background for the calculations in a series of courses that follow, such as in Hydraulic Works, River Training Techniques, etc. Knowledge of the course material, gives the consulting engineer a strong, theoretical tool, for hydraulic works.
Prerequisites:
Fluid mechanics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Antony Liakopoulos Level: Professor Office:
Tel. – email: 24210-74111, [email protected] Other tutors:
99
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Steady Flow in Pipes: Introduction, boundary layer theory, boundary shear stress.
5 5
2 Energy losses in pipes, linear energy losses, Moody diagram.
5 4
3 Three fundamental problems in pipes, Energy grade line, pressure line.
5 4
4 Local energy losses (contraction, expansion, curves, angles). Energy losses in non-circular conduits.
5 5
5 Pipes in line and parallel pipes. Three-tank problem.
5 5
6 Turbines and pumps in pipes networks. Pumps in a row and parallel pump connection. Cavitation. NPSH, Siphons.
5 5
7 Laboratory exercise for energy losses in pipes. 5 5
8 Steady flow in open channels: Introduction, definitions, equations. Specific energy. Critical depth.
5 5
9 Specific momentum. Discharge diagram. Applications of critical depth theory (smooth bottom elevation and/or contraction), use of sluice gates for flow control.
5 5
10 Hydraulic jump. Uniform flow, definitions and equations.
5 5
11 Uniform flow in complex channel sections. Design of natural and paved channels for uniform flow.
5 5
12 Gradually varying flow. General characteristics. Types of free surface profiles.
5 5
13 Control sections in open channels. Computation of gradually varying flow
5 5
14 Laboratory exercise at the 5m long lab channel. Hydraulic jump, gradually varying flow, sluice gate and thin crested weir.
5 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 10
100
Suggested literature:
1. Papanicolaou, PN, 2003. Steady flow in pipes and open channels. Typed notes, University of Thessaly. (In Greek)
2. Ganoulis, JG, 1982. Introduction to fluid mechanics. Thessaloniki. (In Greek)
3. Demetriou, JD, 1995. Applied hydraulics, Volume A - Introduction. Athens. (In Greek)
4. Demetriou, JD, 1995. Applied hydraulics, Volume B - Applications. Athens. (In Greek)
5. Noutsopoulos, G, 1973. Theoretical and applied hydraulics lectures, Volume B. Flow in pressure pipes. Athens. (In Greek)
6. Noutsopoulos, G, 1976. Flow with free surface, open channel flow. NTU Athens. (In Greek)
7. Chow, VT, 1973. Open-channel hydraulics. McGraw-Hill.
8. Schlichting, H, 1979. Boundary-layer theory. McGraw-Hill.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
X
65%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
X
10%
Exercises
X
25%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework X
20
Class project
101
Interim examination
X
20
Final examinations
X
60
Other (describe): …………………………
102
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Soil Mechanics I Course code: CE05_G04 Credits: 5 Work load
(hours): 125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 5 Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Introduction to important problems and practical applications of Geotechnical Engineering. The students learn the natural properties of soil and the basic principles of the stress-strain relationship and shear strength of a soil element. They also learn to solve problems related to settlements of foundations. Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: Panos Dakoulas
Level: Associate Professor Office: Civil Engineering, 105
Tel. – email: 24214-74161, [email protected] Other tutors:
103
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering. Soil Mechanics applications in Civil Engineering projects.
4 2
2 Origin and formation of soils. Types of soils. 4 2
3 Soil as a multi-phase medium. Density, porosity, degree of saturation, water content. Grain size distribution, relative density of granular soils. Problems.
4 2
4 Atterberg limits and plasticity of clayey soils. Characterization and classification of soils. Site geotechnical investigation, examples of soil profiles. Problems. 1st homework set.
4 5
5 Stress in soil elements. Stress state and Mohr circle. Problems. 2nd homework set.
4 5
6 Geostatic stresses. Effective stress. Deformation and Mohr circle. Problems. 3nd homework set.
4 5
7 Stress – strain relationship of soil element. One-dimensional compression, triaxial compression, simple shear, direct shear, torsion, and other tests. Application of laboratory testing in Civil Engineering projects.
4 2
8 The concept of failure. Mohr-Coulomb failure criterion. Strength of loose and dense granular soil. The role of particle interlocking. Problems. 4th homework set.
4 5
9 Stress-strain relationship and strength of normally consolidated and over-consolidated clay. Excess pore water pressure development in one-dimensional compression, isotropic compression, triaxial compression and simple shear testing. Problems.
4 2
10 Triaxial tests CU and UU. The concept of φ = 0º. Applications in Geotechnical projects. Problems. 5th homework set.
4 5
11 Concentrated load on elastic half-space (Boussinesq). Stresses due to concentrated and distributed loads on elastic half-space. Superposition of geostatic and external loads. Problems. 6th homework set.
4 5
12 Foundation settlements. Design criteria. Immediate settlements. Problems.
4 2
13 Consolidation settlements. Secondary compression settlements. Problems. 7th homework set.
4 5
14 Geotechnical applications. Problems. Review. 4 2
104
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 15 2
Suggested literature: 1. Soil Mechanics, Barnes, Kleidarithmos, 2005 (distributed, in Greek) 2. Soil Mechanics Notes, G. Gazetas, NTUA, 2008 (distributed, in Greek)
Άλλα βοηθήµατα 3. Principles of Geotechnical Engineering, 5th edition, B. Das, PWS-Kent, 2002. 4. Soil Mechanics and Foundations, M. Budhu, 1999. 5. An Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering, Holtz and Kovacs, Prentice-Hall, 1981.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70%
Seminars
Demonstrations
Laboratory
5%
Exercises
25%
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework 0%
Class project
Interim examination
105
Final examinations
100%
Other (describe): …………………………
106
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Transportation planning
Course code: CE05_T05
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 5th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The process of transportation planning. Correlation with the various stages in engineering and implementation of transportation projects. Η διαδικασία σχεδιασµού στις µεταφορές. Model development, calibration and evaluation. Basic concepts in transportation planning. The 4-stage forecasting process. Trip generation. Trip distribution. Modal split. Traffic assignment. Disaggregate modeling. Introduction of software packages in transportation planning. Prerequisites:
Knowledge basic concepts of traffic flow theory and interrelations. Statistical analysis. Linear regression models.
Instructor’s data: Name: Eftihia Nathanail
Level: Assistant professor Office: Civil Engineering Faculty (A12)
University of Thessaly Pedion Areos, 38334 Bolos, Greece
Tel. – email: +3024210 74164, [email protected]
Other tutors: -
107
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction. The transportation system. Processes and stakeholders. Types and objectives of relative studies in the domain of transportation.
4 1
2 Objectives of transportation planning. Concepts and relations of traffic flow, speed, density and other parameters.
4 3
3 Modeling transportation planning. Statistical analysis.
4 5
4 Data collection and processing methods 4 2
5 Trip generation 4 3
6 Trip distribution 4 4
7 Modal split 4 2
8 Disaggregate modeling 4 3
9 Traffic assignment 4 4
10 Auto assignment 4 4
11 Auto assignment using transportation planning software
4 2
12 Transit assignment 4 4
13 Transit assignment using transportation planning software
4 2
14 Evaluation of alternative scenarios on transportation infrastructure and operation
4 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
27
Suggested literature:
• Γ.Α. Γιαννόουλος, Σχεδιασµός των Μεταφορών: η διαδικασία ρόβλεψης των µελλοντικών αναγκών µετακινήσεων, Παρατηρητής,
108
2002.
• Trip generation, Institute of Transportation Engineers ITE, 2000.
• R. Stopher, and A. H. Meyburg, Urban Transportation Modeling and Planning, Lexington Books, 1975.
• B. G. Hutchinson, Principles of Urban Transport Systems Planning, McGraw Hill, 1974.
• J. de D. Ortuzar, and L. G. Willumsen, Modelling Transport, J. Wiley & Sons, 2001
• N. Oppenheim, Urban Travel Demand Modeling, J. Wiley & Sons, 1995.
• Travel Behaviour Research, The International Association for Travel Behaviour, 1987.
• A. Richardson, E. Ampt, and A. Meyburg, Survey Methods for Transport Planning, Eucalyptus Press, 1995.
• PETER STOPHER & MARTIN LEE-GOSSELIN , UNDERSTANDING TRAVEL BEHAVIOUR IN AN ERA OF CHANGE, PERGAMON, 1997.
• DENOS C. GAZIS, TRAFFIC THEORY, KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBLISHERS, 2002.
• DAVID A. HENSHER, KENNETH J. BUTTON, HANDBOOK OF TRANSPORT MODELLING, PERGAMON, 2000.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
60%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
20%
Exercises
20%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
109
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
15
5
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
110
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Philosophy of Technical Sciences
Course code: CE05_U06
Credits: 2 Work load (hours):
60
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 5o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
1/ Object:
The Knowledge - the scientific Knowledge -the science and it’s branches -the technical science as one of the branches of science -the philosophy and the philosophy of technical sciences -the object of the philosophy of technical sciences ( protection of the dignity of man, land and the city planning, professional deontology of the technical scientist) 2/Results The student access the technical courses which he is taught at the Faculty of Political Engineers, into a broader, systematic framework of notions, which offers him the potentiality to combine the special technical knowledge acquired: a. with the theory of Knowledge, the epistemology and the general philosophy, and b. with the social and ethical problems generated by the technical/technological – economical development
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of the basics of Philosophy Instructor’s data: Name: Angelis Nicolas Level: p.d. 407/1980 (surrogate Professor)
Office: Tel. – email: 210 - 36 15 449 / 69. 32. 26. 25. 34
Other tutors:
111
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1.
Introduction to the Philosophy of Technical Sciences
4
2. Knowledge: analysis and definition. Sorts of Knowledge.
4
3. Scientific Knowledge and science: definition of science
4
4. The branches of science determined by the criterion of their object: the science of nature and the sciences of man (the technical sciences)
4
5. The scientific method: the a posteriori (observation +experience) and the a priori method (regardless of observation and experience)
4
6. The Inductive method (induction) 4 7. The philosophy and its branches determined
by the criterion of its object: the philosophy of nature and the philosophy of man (the Philosophy of Technical Sciences)
4
8. The special object of the Philosophy of Technical Sciences
4
9. The ideal plan of the Philosophy of Technical Sciences
4
10. The protection of the dignity of man 4 11. The land planning 4 12. The city planning 4 13. The ethical and professional deontology of
the technical scientist/political engineer 4
14. Conclusions 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
4 -
Suggested literature:
1. P. Polixronopoulos, Philosophy of technology, Athens, Ellin, 2002. 2. Notes of the Professor
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
100%
112
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination 50% 50%
Final examinations 50% 50%
Other (describe): …………………………
113
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Philosophy of technical sciences
Course code: CE05_U07
Credits: 2 Work load (hours):
60
Course level: Undergraduate x Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective x Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 5o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
1/ Object : Technical thought and creativity –The technology – The periods
of technology (prehistoric era, Egyptian period, Ancient Greece,
Hellenistic and Roman era, Middle Ages, Industrial Revolution) –
Relationship between technology and society.
2/Results : the student (political engineer) acquire consciousness of : a. the relationship of his science with the evolution and the historical
beginnings of technology, as well as of b. the repercussions of technology on the society. Prerequisites:
Knowledge of technical sciences and technology Instructor’s data:
Name: Angelis Nicolas Level: p.d. 407/1980 (surrogate Professor)
Office: Tel. – email: 210 - 36 15 449 / 69. 32. 26. 25. 34
Other tutors:
114
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1.
Introduction to the history of technology: relationship with the history of sciences
4
2. Technical thought and creativity – Technology and production -Technology, nature and society
4
3. The sources of technology: the hand and the instrument The sections of technology: agricultural production, public works, construction, the wheel, shipping, mines etc.
4
4. The prehistoric era - The first socio-economic formations and the primitive communal system
4
5. The period of Egyptian empires 4 6. Technology in Ancient Greece 4 7. The Hellenistic and Roman era 4 8. The Middle Ages and the Renaissance 4 9. The forerunners of the industrial revolution
(1500-1750) 4
10. The industrial revolution (1750 –1830) 4 11. The era of steam and steel (1830 –1900) 4 12. Repercussions of technology on the society:
on the economical, on the social and on the political structures.
4
13. Repercussions of technology on the sectors of agricultural production, public works, construction, shipping, mines etc.
4
14. Conclusions 4
Additional hours for: Class project Examinations Preparation for
examinations Educational visit
4 -
Suggested literature:
1. DONALD CARDWELL, The Fontana history of technology 2. FRANÇOIS RUSSO, Introduction à l’histoire des techniques, Paris, Alberd Blanchard, 1986 3. ANREAS DIMARAGONAS, The history of techonolgy, Athens, Ion, 2001.
115
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 100%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations 10%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises ……….%
Visits at facilities 10%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination 50% 50%
Final examinations 50% 50%
Other (describe): …………………………
116
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Environmental Law
Course code: CE05_U08
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
89
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 5o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): To familiarise student with fundamental concepts and categories of environmental law. To enable student to detect environmental issues which may have legal implications Prerequisites: An introductory course to Law
Instructor’s data:
Name: Level: Office:
Tel. – email: Other tutors:
117
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1-2 The environment as a legal concept: dimensions
8 2
3 The sources of environmental protection law. 4 1
4 National and international bodies for the protection of the environment.
4 1
5-6 The concept of sustainable development 8 2
7-8 The legal protection of the environment. 8 2
9-10 Civil and criminal liability. 8 2
11-12 The principle "the polluter pays" 8 2
13-14 The jurisprudence of the Greek higher Courts on the protection of the environement.
8 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 16
Suggested literature: A. Tachos, The Law of the Protection of the Environment (book) M. Dekleris, The Environment's Twelve Tables (book
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 80%
Seminars 20%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises ……….%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homwork
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations 100%
Other (describe): …………………………
118
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Highway Engineering II
Course code: CE06_T01
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
100
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 6ο Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Road Construction – Road Infrastructure Road Construction Procedures. Materials quality control Principles of Infrastructure Design. Road Construction Economics.
Prerequisites:
• Highway Engineering I
• Soil Mechanics
• Hydrology
• Building Materials
• Hydraulics I
Instructor’s data:
Name: Nikolaos Eliou Level: Associate Prof. Office:
Tel. – email: +30-24210-74150 [email protected] Other tutors: Kaliabetsos G., Scientific Assistant
119
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
The Nature of Soil - Soil Mechanics
56 24
2 Earthworks, Soils, Embankments, Cuttings, Slope Protection
3 Compaction
4 Soil Stabilization
5 Principles of Retaining Walls Design.
6 Road Drainage
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
- 4 16 -
Suggested literature:
• “Earthworks. Road Infrastructure“ Prof. A. Mouratidis A.U.Th.
• “Soil Mechanics, Theory, Methods & Applications”
• Prof. S.S. Tsotsos A.U.Th.
120
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
50 %
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
.............%
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
............%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
121
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Structural Analysis III
Course code: CE06_S02
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 6ο Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The objective is the study of the Direct Stiffness Method for the
analysis of frame structures. For that, the lectures concern the
determination of transformation matrices, and nodal displacements
and nodal forces matrices of elements. In the sequel the stiffness
matrices of different types of elements are formulated in the local
and global coordinate systems. The formulation of nodal loads and
nodal displacements matrices of the structure together with the
formulation of the total stiffness matrix of the structure follows.
Finally the boundary conditions are applied and the nodal
displacements of the structure are calculated. The Static
Condensation Method and the Substructures Method are also
included.
The result is the familiarization of the students with the Direct
Stiffness Method which is used by many structural analysis
programs.
Prerequisites:
• Structural Analysis I
• Structural Analysis II Instructor’s data:
Name: O. Panagouli Level: Assistant Professor Office:
Tel. – email: 24210-74146 [email protected] Other tutors: -
122
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to the Direct Stiffness Method. Transformation matrices.
4 2
2 The Direct Stiffness Method for the 2D-truss element. Formulation of stiffness matrix of the element in the local and global coordinate systems.
4 2
3 Formulation of nodal loads and nodal displacements matrices of a 2D-truss structure. Formulation of the total stiffness matrix of the structure. Calculation of nodal displacements.
4 2
4 Application of the direct stiffness method for the analysis of a plane truss with supports of arbitrary orientation.
4 2
5 The Direct Stiffness Method for the 2D-beam element. Formulation of stiffness matrix of the element in the local and global coordinate systems.
4 2
6 Formulation of nodal loads and nodal displacements matrices of a plane frame structure. Formulation of the total stiffness matrix of the structure. Calculation of nodal displacements reactions.
4 2
7 The Direct Stiffness Method for the analysis of a plane frame structure with distributed loading, including temperature effects and support displacements.
4 2
8 3D-beam element. Formulation of the stiffness and transformation matrices of the element. Formulation of the stiffness matrices for 3D-truss elements and for grillage elements.
4 2
9 Internal hinges in plane frames. 4 2
10 Modified stiffness matrices. 4 2
11 Application of modified stiffness matrices for the calculation of frame structures with internal hinges.
4 2
12 Static Condensation. 4 2
13 Elements with variable cross sections. 4 2
123
14 Substructuring. Application in plane frames. 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
36
Suggested literature:
• Ι. Κatsikadelis, Μ. Neratzaki, Structural Analysis with Modern Methods, N.T.U.A., Athens, 1996
• M. Papadrakakis, Structural Analysis with Modern Methods, N.T.U.A., Athens, 1996
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
50%
Seminars
Demonstrations
Laboratory
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
30%
Interim examination
Final examinations
70%
Other (describe): …………………………
124
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Hydrology Course code: CE06_H03 Credits:
4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 6th Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Scope of the course is the introduction to the phenomena and natural processes of surface hydrology and hydrologic cycle, the understanding of the phenomena and the analysis of precipitation and discharge data aiming at the development of design storm and flood for the study of water resources works. This course strengthens students’ technical and intellectual competency, preparing them for engineering employment or advanced study. The course exposes students to computational techniques of Engineering Hydrology used in modern professional civil engineering practice. Upon completion of the course, students should be able to demonstrate: Understanding of hydrological cycle and the natural hydrological processes Ability to define a watershed and its basic geomorphological characteristics Ability to compute or estimate the spatial and temporal distribution of precipitation
in a watershed Ability to compute the IDF and DDF curves and a design storm over a watershed Ability to compute or measure the flow in a river cross section and to estimate the
flow components Ability to compute from flow data the unit hydrograph of a watershed and to
estimate from geomporphological characteristics the synthetic unit hydrograph of a watershed
Ability to estimate the design flood of a watershed with statistical analysis of flow data or application of unit hydrograph or application of empirical methods
Ability to estimate the flood routing with hydrological methods through a river section and a reservoir or lake
Prerequisites:
Probability Theory - Statistics Hydraulics Fluid Mechanics
Instructor’s data: Name: Athanasios Loukas
Level: Associate Professor Office:
Tel. – email: +30-2421074168 – [email protected] Other tutors:
125
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to hydrological processes Introduction to statistics –
probabilistic analysis of hydrological information
4 2
2 Statistics – Probabilistic analysis of
hydrological information 4 5
3
Study of atmospheric processes and precipitation
Methods of precipitation measurement – Precipitation networks
Analysis of precipitation data Spatial distribution of precipitation Calculation of mean areal
precipitation
4 4
4 Temporal distribution of precipitation Synthetic methods of temporal
distribution of precipitation 4 3
5
Calculation of precipitation curves (Intensity-Duration-Frequency, IDF curves and Depth-Duration-Frequency, DDF curves
Estimation of design storm
4 5
6
Hydrological abstractions Methods of measurement and
estimation of evaporation and evapotranspiration, interception and infiltration
4 3
7
Net rain Estimation methods of rainfall
abstractions. Estimation of net rain with SCS method
4 4
8
Runoff generation Methods of flow measurement -
Hydrometry Hydrometric stations – hydrometric
networks
4 3
9 Analysis of hydrometric data Flow Duration curves Cumulative flow curves
4 5
10 Flood flows Unit hydrograph
4 6
126
Development of unit hydrograph Instant unit hydrograph
11
Estimation of concentration and lag time of runoff
Empirical methods for the estimation of design flood
Rational Formula Synthetic unit hydrograph
4 5
12
Flood routing Hydrological methods of flood routing Flood routing through a river section
(Muskingum Method).
4 4
13
Flood routing through a reservoir Hydrology of snowcover areas.
Energy balance of snow Natural runoff processes from
snowpack
4 4
14
Mathematical models rain-runoff Classification of models G.I.S. and Remote Sensing application
in hydrology
4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 7
Suggested literature: D. M. Papamichail «Engineering Hydrology of Surface Waters», Giachoudi-
Giapoudi, 2001 (in Greek) G. Tsakiris «Water Resources Ι. Engineering Hydrology», Symetria, 1995
(in Greek)
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
80%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
20%
127
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
20
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
128
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: SOIL MECHANICS ΙΙ
Course code: CE06_G04
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 6o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Soil Mechanics II as a course is based on the fundamental knowledge of the nature of soil and its mechanical behavior, and applies it on solving a series of practical technical problems, such as water seepage through soil, time dependence of consolidation settlements, the design of gravity retaining walls, the estimation of the stability of earth slopes and of the bearing capacity of shallow foundations. The emphasis of the course is not on providing a bulk of design methodologies, but on understanding of mechanisms with the use of “simple” models. The students absorb the principles of the design of geotechnical structures and are ready to apply specific design methodologies in an accurate manner in courses that follow. Prerequisites:
Knowledge of soil mechanics (nature of soil, soil stresses and strains, shear strength under undrained and drained conditions, stresses due to external loads, soil settlements)
Instructor’s data:
Name: Achilleas PAPADIMITRIOU Level: Lecturer
Office: Civil Engr Bldg – Office 116 Tel. – email: +30-24210-74140 – [email protected]
Other tutors: -
129
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction – Water seepage through soil 4 1
2 1D flow through soil & Darcy’s law 1st set of applications: Α
4 2
3 2D flow through soil 1st set of applications: B – 1st homework
4 3
4 Time dependence of consolidation 2nd set of applications: Α
4 2
5 Foundation settlements 2nd set of applications: B – 2nd homework
4 3
6 Rankine soil pressures: Active and Passive failure
4 1
7 Coulomb soil thrust: Active and Passive failure 3rd set of applications: A
4 2
8 Design of gravity walls retaining dry and saturated soil 3rd set of applications: B – 3rd homework
4 3
9 Midterm exam – Planar failure of soil slopes 4 12
10 Circular failure of soil slopes 4th set of applications – 4th homework
4 3
11 Limit equilibrium of shallow footing 4 1
12 Bearing capacity of shallow foundations (Terzaghi) 5th set of applications: A
4 2
13 Bearing capacity of shallow foundations (Meyerhof, Vesic) 5th set of applications: B – 5th homework
4 3
14 Bearing capacity of shallow foundations (EC7)
4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
25
Suggested literature:
G. Barnes : Ε∆ΑΦΟΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗ: Αρχές και Εφαρµογές, Εκδόσεις Κλειδάριθµος, 2005
130
Γ. Γκαζέτα : ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ Ε∆ΑΦΟΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗΣ, Έκδοση Ε.Μ.Π., 2005 Μ. Καββαδά : ΣΤΟΙΧΕΙΑ Ε∆ΑΦΟΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗΣ, Έκδοση Ε.Μ.Π., 2005 Σ. Κωστόουλος : ΓΕΩΤΕΧΝΙΚΕΣ ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΕΣ, Εκδόσεις Ιων, 2005 Ν. Πααχαρίσης : ΓΕΩΤΕΧΝΙΚΗ ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗ, Εκδόσεις Αφοι Κυριακίδη,
2003 Γ. Μουκοβάλας : ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ ΣΕ ΕΙ∆ΙΚΑ ΘΕΜΑΤΑ ΘΕΜΕΛΙΩΣΕΩΝ,
Έκδοση Ε.Μ.Π., 2007 Β. Γεωργιάννου : ΕΙ∆ΙΚΑ ΘΕΜΑΤΑ Ε∆ΑΦΟΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗΣ - ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ
: Έκδοση ΕΜΠ, 2007 R. F. Craig: SOIL MECHANICS, E & FN Spon, (6th edition), 1997 R. D. Holtz, W.W.D. Kovacs: AN INTRODUCTION TO GEOTECHNICAL
ENGNEERING, Prentice Hall, (2nd edition), 2008 M. Budhu: SOIL MECHANICS & FOUNDATIONS, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 1999
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
60%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
40%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework 10
Class project
Interim examination
20
Final examinations
70
Other (describe): …………………………
131
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Reinforced Concrete Design Ι
Course code: CE06_S05
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 6th Hours per week:
5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course objective is the behavior and ultimate strength design of prismatic reinforced concrete members (beams and columns) under normal stresses (bending moment and axial force) and shear stresses (shear force and torsional moment).
Prerequisites:
1. Mechanics I, II 2. Construction Materials 3. Structural Analysis I
Instructor’s data: Name: Philip C. Perdikaris
Level: Professor Office: ???
Tel. – email: Tel: +3024210-74151/ fax: +3024210-74117 email: [email protected]
Other tutors: -
132
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Materials: concrete, steel 5 2
2 Βehavior of a reinforced concrete member - constitutive laws for concrete and steel
5 2
3 Load combinations – maximum/minimum M, V. Ultimate strength design: concepts and code specifications
5 2
4 Ultimate strength design for normal stresses due to uniaxial bending (M) and axial force (N). Equations of equilibrium/equivalence between internal and external actions
5 2
5 Under-reinforced, over-reinforced and balanced rectangular concrete beams
5 2
6 Design of rectangular reinforced concrete beams with single (tensile steel) and double reinforcement (tensile and compression steel)- LAB: 4-point bending test of R/C beam failing in flexure
5 2
7 Ultimate strength design of T-beams (effective width, balanced steel reinforcement ratio)
5 2
8 Ultimate strength design for reinforced concrete columns under uniaxial bending and axial force
5 2
9 Ultimate strength interaction diagrams Μ-Ν (uniaxial bending and axial force)
5 2
10 Ultimate strength design for rectangular columns under biaxial bending and axial force (Mx-My-N interaction diagrams)- LAB: 4-point bending test of a R/C beam failing in shear
5 2
11 Ultimate strength design for beams under shear (V) (mechanisms, cross-section dimensions)
5 2
12 Ultimate strength design for beams under shear (V) (transverse reinforcement, construction details)
5 1
13 Ultimate strength design for beams under pure torsion (T) (mechanism, dimensions, transverse and longitudinal steel reinforcement)
5 1
14 Ultimate strength design for beams under combined torsion (T), shear (V) and bending (M) (transverse and longitudinal steel reinforcement, construction details)
5 1
133
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
25
Suggested literature:
1. Greek Code for the Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (2000) 2. Nilson, A., “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
75%
Seminars
-
Demonstrations
-
Laboratory
5%
Exercises
18%
Visits at facilities
2%
Other (describe): ……………………….
-
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
15 5
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
134
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: GROUNDWATER HYDRAULICS
Course code: CE06_H06
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
115
Course level: Undergraduate X Graduate Course type: Mandatory X Selective
Course category: Basic X Orientation Semester: 6 Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course objective is the calculation of saturated groundwater flow. The student develops knowledge on different approach techniques for the solution of flows through porous media. Upon the completion of the course, the student has the theoretical background to compute flows related to wells in confined and in water table aquifers, flow towards collector ditches, flow through the dam core and under the dam, etc. Prerequisites:
Fluid Mechanics Mathematics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Vassilios Kanakoudis Level: Lecturer
Office: Tel. – email: +30 24210 74156, [email protected] Other tutors:
135
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Ground and groundwater characteristics. Darcy experiment and law, range of application. Problems.
4
2 Permeability (hydraulic conductivity), intrinsic permeability, permeameters. Applications.
4 4
3 Continuity equation. The mathematical model. Frow nets. Boundary types and conditions.
4 4
4 Analytical methods of solution. Method of separation of variables.
4
5 Complex analysis review. Conformal mapping. Schwartz-Christoffel transformation.
4 6
6 Pavlovskii method. Applications. 4 6
7 Numerical solution of mathematical model. Finite difference method.
4 7
8 Flow in confined aquifers. Steady 2-D and axi-symmetric flow. Complex potential.
4
9 Well systems. Method of images. Applications. 4 5
10 Flow in unconfined aquifers. Dupuit approximation. Steady 2-D and axi-symmetric flow. Well systems. Applications.
4 5
11 Unsteady (time dependent) groundwater flow. 4
12 Seepage force and piping (tunneling) effect. Applications.
4 4
13 Non-isotropic, non-homogeneous soils. Analog and physical models (Hele-Shaw and electric field models).
4 5
14 Mathematical modeling in aquifers with complex geometry. Presentation of EIS/GWM or MODFLOW computational and groundwater modeling platforms.
4
Additional hours for: Class project Examinations Preparation for
examinations Educational visit
3 10
136
Suggested literature:
1. Papanicolaou, PN, 2007. Groundwater Hydraulics Notes, 83 pp (in Greek).
2. Tolikas, DK, 1997. Groundwater Hydraulics. Epikentro Editions, Thessaloniki. (in Greek).
3. Bear, J. 1972. Dynamics of fluids in porous media. Elsevier. 4. Churchill, RV and Brown, JW, 1990. Complex variables and applications.
McGraw-Hill. 5. Harr, M 1962. Groundwater and seepage. McGraw-Hill. 6. McWhorter, DB and Sunada, DK, 1977. Ground-water hydrology and
hydraulics. Water resources publications, P.O. Box 303, Fort Collins Colorado.
7. Pulobarinova-Kochina, P Ya, 1962. Theory of groundwater movement. Princeton University Press.
8. Raudkivi, AJ, and Gallander, RA, 1976. Analysis of groundwater flow. Arnold.
9. Todd, DK, 1976. Groundwater hydrology. Wiley. 10. Verrujit, A, 1970. Theory of groundwater flow. Macmillan.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Χ
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
Χ
5%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Χ
25%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework Χ
15
Class project
137
Interim examination
Χ
20
Final examinations
Χ
65
Other (describe): …………………………
138
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Metal Structures I
Course code: CE06_S07
Credits: 4
Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 6th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Through this specific course the basic knowledge is offered, required for the evaluation at the cross-sectional and member level of steel structural elements as well as corresponding simple connection types under static loading. Examples of simple steel structures are given, as far as connectivity, geometry and loading is concerned and via specific applications the fundamental capacity checks according to EC3 are acquired. Prerequisites:
Engineering Mechanics I, II, III Statics I, II
Instructor’s data:
Name: Dimitrios Sophianopoulos
Level: Assistant Professor Office: 114A
Tel. – email: +30 24210 74145 – [email protected] Other tutors: -
139
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction – Application Field of Steel Structures (Presentation and Indicative Photos). Structural Steel (Mechanical Properties, Hot Rolling, Cold Forming, Industrial Production of Steel Sections, Line of Production). Qualities of European Steels. Use of I Sections and applicability area.
4 4
2
Design and Construction of Single-Storey Steel Industrial Buildings (Basic Elements of Load-Bearing, Connectivity, Connection Types, Column Bases, Details, Statical Systems, Load Paths).
4 4
3
Decretive Framework for the Design and Construction of Steel Structures – Regulations and Philosophy of Capacity Checks – Eurocode 3 (EC3). Design limit states, partial safety factors for actions and material, combinations of actions. Members under tension – examples in structures. Principle stress check – Design resistance of members under tension according to EC3, ductility demands, Deduction for fastener holes, Angles connected by one leg and other unsymmetrically connected members in tension. Exercises and examples.
4 4
4
Simple bolted shear connection. Bolt types and categories. Bolt geometry parts and strength qualities. Positioning and types of holes, Mechanism of operation and yielding of a simple shear bolt, resistance for shear and bearing, Long bolted connections, Ductility check according to Hellenic Aseismic Code. Exercises and examples.
4 4
5
Members under transverse loading and examples in steel structural systems. Example of a cantilever beam under pure bending (deformations and stress distribution). Strong axis bending of a I-section member and stress distribution. Idealization of the behavior of structural steel (elastic-perfectly plastic model). Cross-section under pure bending, elastic response, best use of cross-sections, elastic capacity check. Distribution of shear stresses on rectangular and I- sections. Shear area, Combined actions, von Mises criterion. Cross-section under pure shear and combined bending and shear. Serviceability limit states for buildings – vertical and horizontal deflections. Cross-section under pure bending – elasto-plastic response. Moment-curvature diagrams – Plastic hinge principles. Plastic capacity check.
4 4
6
Buckling of beam-elements, slender members and thin walled members. Local buckling of members under compression and bending. Classification of cross-sections. Resistance of cross-sections under bending and / or shear loading according to EC3. Weak-axis bending of I-section members, stress distribution. Biaxial bending, elastic and plastic capacity checks. Shear center and positioning of neutral axis.
4 4
140
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
7 Exercises and exemplary applications based on the courses taught during the 5th and 6th week.
4 4
8
Members under combined loading conditions. (Interaction between biaxial bending, shear loading and axial tension). Elastic and plastic resistance design of rectangular cross-sections according to EC3. Exercises and examples.
4 4
9
Members under axial compression. Local and flexural buckling. Critical loads. Euler curve. Interaction between buckling and yielding with or without the presence of initial imperfections. Normative buckling curves and corresponding requirements. Capacity check of members under axial compression according to EC3. Protection against local buckling. The effect of boundary conditions. Equivalent buckling length coefficients. Sway and non-sway frames. Lateral restraints and bracing systems. Examples and exercises.
4 4
10
Members under combined compression and bending. Examples of members in structural steel design. Flexural buckling of distinct members and representative 3D images. Elastic interaction of bending and compression. Design according to EC3.
4 2
11 Exercises and exemplary applications based on the courses taught during the 10th week. 4 2
12
Welded connections. Geometry and dimensioning (types of welds, welding consumables). Weldings with packs. Design resistance of a fillet welds, butt welds, plug welds. Connections to unstiffened flanges, long joints, angles connected to one leg. Design according to EC3. Exercises and examples.
4 2
13 Connections made with pins. General issues. Design of pins. Exercises and examples.
4 2
14 Review Worked Examples and Discussion. 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
- 3 15 -
Suggested literature: 1. A.N. Kounadis, Steel Structures, Behavior and Analysis, Vol. I and II,
Symeon Publishing, 2007. 2. I. Vayas, I. Ermopoulos, I. Ioannidis, Design of Steel Structures
Kleidarithmos Publishing, 2006. 3. I. Vayas, I. Ermopoulos, I. Ioannidis, Steel Structures, Vol. Ι, Kleidarithmos
Publishing, 2005. 4. Eurocode 3, Design of Steel Structures, Part 1-1: General Rules and rules for
buildings, EN 1993-1-1, 2005.
5. Eurocode 3, Design of Steel Structures, Part 1.8: Design of Joints, ΕΝ 1993-1-8, 2005.
141
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
40%
Seminars
5%
Demonstrations
5%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework 10
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations 80
Other (describe): Active Class Participation
10
142
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Introduction to Technical & Labour Legislation
Course code: CE06_U08
Credits: 2 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 6o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The object of course includes basic significances of LAW and more concretely: CONSTITUTIONAL LAW, ADMINISTRATIVE LAW, URBAN LAW, COMMERCIAL FAIR AND WORKING LAW. Also it deals with elements of Obligatory expropriations, as well as elements of legislation of safety and health of workers. It includes also on part analysis of elements of LAW of companies, Industrial property, Urban LAW, LAW of Technical Enterprises, Companies of studies and manufacture as well as basic elements of LAW of protection of Environment. Prerequisites:
Activation of the Environmental legislation course is highly advisable
Instructor’s data: Name: Sofia CHAIKALI
Level: Lawyer – Lecturer PD 407/1980 Office: 1st floor Civil Eng. Building
Tel. – email: 24210-74170 Other tutors: -
143
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
SIGNIFICANCE OF LAW - DISCRIMINATIONS - SOURCES
4
4
2 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW 4 4 3 ADMINISTRATIVE FAIR AND URBAN LAW 4 4 4 GENERAL BEGINNINGS FAIR , REAL LAW 4 4 5 NEIGHBORING LEGISLATION -
OBLIGATORY EXPROPRIATION 4 4
6 INDIVIDUAL WORKING - COLLECTIVE WORKING LAW
4 4
7 WORKING LAW - INDIVIDUAL WORKING - COLLECTIVE WORKING LAW
4 4
8 SAFETY AND HEALTH OF WORKERS 4 4 9 COMMERCIAL LAW 4 4
10 LAW OF COMPANIES LAW OF INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY
4 4
11 BANKRUPT LAW 4 4 12 TECHNICAL ENTERPRISES - COMPANIES 4 4 13 URBAN LAW 4 4 14 PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT 4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
- 4 4 -
Suggested literature:
• Στοιχεία ∆ικαίου, Εθνικό και Ευρωαϊκό ∆ίκαιο Αλίκη Τζίκα – Χατζοούλου, Πανειστηµιακές εκδόσεις ΕΜΠ, Αθήνα 2004
• ∆ηµόσια Έργα Τόµος Α και Β Αλίκη Τζίκα Χατζοούλου, εκδόσεις Παασωτηρίου, Αθήνα 2007
• Πολεοδοµικό ∆ίκαιο Αλίκη Τζίκα – Χατζοούλου, Πανειστηµιακές εκδόσεις ΕΜΠ, Αθήνα 2003
• ∆ίκαιο Περιβάλλοντος, (∆ηµόσιο ∆ίκαιο και Περιβάλλον) Γλυκερία . Σιουτη Εκδόσεις ΑΝΤ. Ν. ΣΑΚΚΟΥΛΑ, Αθήνα Κοµοτηνή 1993
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 80%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 20%
Visits at facilities ……….%
144
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100%
Other (describe): …………………………
145
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Technical companies and services Set-up
Course code: CE06_U09
Credits: 2 Work load (hours):
100
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 6 Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
- To understand the way and main principals the Technical companies and services set-up, operation and management
- To understand the methodology for developing Business plans (including cost-benefit analysis, Technico-economical analysis, SWOT analysis) of Construction works and related Investments
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: Kanakoudis Vasilis
Level: Lecturer Office:
Tel. – email: 0030 24210 74156, [email protected]
Other tutors:
146
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
1-3 Operation and Management of Technical companies (Budget, Client, Profit oriented)
12 3
4 Operation and Management of Technical services departments
4 1
5-7 ISO 9001:2000 in the construction business 12 3
8-10 Cost-Ανάλυση Κόστους Ωφέλους 12 3
11 SWOT analysis 4 1
12-14 Business Plan development methodology Monitoring and evaluation techniques (ex-ante, on-going, ex-post)
12 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
20 3 7
Suggested literature:
- S. Karvounis, «Methodology for Technico-economical analysis», A. Stamoulis eds., p. 524
- A. Tsagkalanos, «Strategic Planning of companies», Bros. Kyriakidi, p. 382 - A. Tsagkalanos, «Finance and Evaluation of Investment ΙΙΙ», Bros.
Kyriakidi, p. 579 - Κ. Ζapounidis, «Analysis & Management of Finance Risks», Klidarithmos
eds., p. 255
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 50%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations 25%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 25%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
147
Class project 50% 50%
Interim examination
Final examinations
Other (describe): …………………
148
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Reinforced Concrete Design ΙI
Course code: CE07_S01
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
145
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 7th Hours per
week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Steel-concrete bond and anchorage details. Behavior and design of reinforced concrete structures under service loads. Ultimate strength design of R/C slabs (reinforcement details). Limit analysis of R/C beams- moment redistribution. Yield-line theory of R/C slabs.
Prerequisites:
1. Reinforced Concrete Design I 2. Structural Analysis II
Instructor’s data:
Name: Philip C. Perdikaris Level: Professor
Office: ??? Tel. – email: Tel: +3024210-74151/ fax: +3024210-
74117 email: [email protected]
Other tutors: -
149
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Serviceability condition (equivalent transformed cross-section, stresses, strains)
4 3
2 Serviceability condition (crack opening, deformations/deflections, code requirements)
4 3
3 Bending moment vs. curvature diagram for R/C beams «Μ-κ»
(cracking, first steel yielding, ultimate strength)
4 3
4 Steel-concrete bond (nature, mechanism, strength) 4 3
5 Anchorage of steel reinforcing bars. Code specifications 4 3
6 Steel bar splicing (beams, columns, code specifications) 4 3
7 Slabs (types, elastic analysis, one- and two-direction slabs, slab loads transferred to supporting beams)
4 3
8 Approximate design methods (ultimate flexural strength) for rectangular R/C slabs under uniform surface load: a) strip (Markus tables) - checker-board loading (Czerny tables)
4 3
9 Rectangular R/C slabs- ultimate flexural strength (steel reinforcement, construction details, code specifications)
4 3
10 R/C slabs under concentrated loads (reinforcement for flexure and shear/punching)
4 3
11 Plastic analysis of prismatic indeterminate R/C members
(plastic hinges, lower/upper bound of plasticity theory,
collapse limit load)
4 3
12 Μoment–curvature (M-κ) diagrams. Plastic hinge rotation capacity/requirements for critical cross-section
4 3
13 Moment redistribution in R/C beams. Full and partial
moment redistribution, code specifications
4 3
14 Plastic analysis of R/C slabs (yield-line theory) 4 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
25 4 16 2
Suggested literature:
1. Greek Code for the Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (2000) 2. Nilson, A., “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures”
150
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
80%
Seminars
-
Demonstrations
-
Laboratory
3%
Exercises
15%
Visits at facilities
2%
Other (describe): ……………………….
-
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project 20 5
Interim examination
Final examinations 75
Other (describe): …………………………
151
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Water supply systems
Course code: CE07_H02
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
140
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 7o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Students learn the design and hydraulic resolution of modern water supply systems in settlements (internal – external aqueducts) Prerequisites: Hydraulics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Nikitas Mylopoulos Level: Assistant Professor Office: 114
Tel. – email: 24210 74162 [email protected] Other tutors:
152
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
The problem of water supply – the water resources crisis
4
2 Basic principles and parameters for municipal water supply systems.
4 2
3 Water Intake Projects: Spring waters, surface and groundwater.
4 2
4 Design and analysis of exterior water pipe network.
4 4
5 Design and analysis of water pipe network – Hydraulic principles.
4 4
6 Design - Hydraulic Calculation of branched
networks.
4 4
7 Design - Hydraulic Calculation of loop networks. 4 4
8 Design - Hydraulic Calculation of loop networks - Applications
4 4
9 Water supply reservoirs. Required altitude –
Calculation.
4 2
10 Water supply pumping stations. Water pump
characteristics.
4 2
11 Special issues of water supply projects. Additional works and plannings.
4 2
12 Physicochemical properties of potable water. Qualitative and quantitative aspects of pollution control and design of water supply projects..
4
13 Existing legislation - Studies of Urban Water Supply Networks – Principles of study preparation.
4
14 Computer aided calculation models of water supply networks – Presentation
4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
40 3 5 6
Suggested literature: 1. N. Mylopoulos, “Water supply projects”, University of Thessaly 2. M. Aftias, “Water supply projects”, National Technical University of Athens
153
3. Martz, “Water supply systems”
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Lectures covering the theoretical part of the course
50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Solving of exercises – practical applications
45%
Visits at facilities
Municipal water authorities – Reservoirs – Work site of pipe placing
5 %
Other (describe): Students solve a project regarding calculation – design of a water supply system in a settlement. Lecturer corrects the project giving advice concerning the proper way of designing (beyond teaching hours).
beyond teaching hours
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
20
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
154
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Foundations & Retaining Structures
Course code: CE07_G03
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 7o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Analysis and design of foundations and retaining structures.
Prerequisites:
Soil Mechanics I & II
Instructor’s data:
Name: Emilios Comodromos Level: Associate Professor
Office: 218 Tel. – email: +30 24210 74143, ecomo.users.uth.gr
Other tutors:
155
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
General presentation of foundations and retaining structures. Short reference to limit equilibrium methods (advantages – disadvantages). Reference to the implementation of numerical methods in foundation and retaining design.
4
2 Shallow foundations. Brief reference to methods estimating ultimate strength (description of failure mechanism – limit equilibrium) – Description of Eurocode 7 provisions. Bearing capacity under seismic loading – Reference to EAK-2000 and EC-8 code provisions.
4 4
3 Parametric definition of the bearing capacity envelope under the combination of vertical and horizontal loading and bending moment. Analysis and design of strip and mat foundations.
4 4
4 Deep foundations. Pile bearing capacity under vertical loading (DIN 4014, EC-7). Single pile response under vertical loads. t-z method.
4 4
5 Pile bearing capacity under horizontal loading (Broms method). Single pile response under horizontal loads. P-y method.
4 6
6 Pile tests. Results elaboration, back analysis using numerical methods.
4
7 Pile group response under vertical loading. Interaction between piles, empirical stiffness and bearing capacity factors. Application of numerical methods to define characteristic piles’ and pile heads’ response.
4 4
8 Pile group response under horizontal loading. Interaction between piles, empirical stiffness and bearing capacity factors. Application of numerical methods to define characteristic piles’ response.
4 4
9 Example of a pile group under vertical and horizontal loading. Analysis and design of piles’ and pile head’s reinforcement.
4 6
156
10 Retaining structures. Reference to earth pressures (earth pressures at rest, active, passive). Pressure variation according to displacements. Pressure variation due to seismic action. Design of reinforced concrete retaining walls (flexible).
4 2
11 Design of sheet piles retaining walls (constructive details).
4 4
12 Design of pile and diaphragm walls, with or without anchorages or struts.
4 4
13 Examples of sheet piles and diaphragm retaining structures.
4 6
14 Introduction to solving retaining problems by using numerical methods. Assumptions and basic simulation principles. Examples.
4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 13
Suggested literature:
Barnes, G.E. (2005). Soil Mechanics: Principles and Applications. Klidarithmos Ed., Athens (In Greek).
Bowles, E.J. (1996). Foundation analysis and design. 5th edition, McGraw Hill, N.Y.
Poulos, G.H. (1980). Pile foundation analysis and design. J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y.
Tomlinson, M. J. (1994). Pile design and construction practice. E&FN Spon, London.
Prakash, S. and Sharma, D.H. (1990). Pile foundations in engineering practice. J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y.
Sanglerat, G., Olivari, G. and Cambou, B. (1983). Problèmes pratiques de mécanique des sols et de fondations. Deuxième édition, Dunod, Paris.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 60%
Seminars 5%
157
Demonstrations 5%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 30%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select) - weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
158
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Metal Structures II
Course code: CE07_S04
Credits: 5
Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 7th Hours per
week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
In conjunction with the course entitled “Metal Structures I”, this specific course offers the required knowledge for the design of everyday practice steel structures, focusing on buckling response under combined loading and preloaded bolted connections, in order to achieve the capability of efficient design of simple steel structures within the basic course category.
Prerequisites:
Engineering Mechanics I, II, III Statics I, II Metal Structures I
Instructor’s data:
Name: Dimitrios Sophianopoulos Level: Assistant Professor
Office: 114A Tel. – email: +30 24210 74145 – [email protected]
Other tutors: -
159
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Determination of the natural wind actions for the structural design of buildings and civil engineering works. Modelling of wind actions, wind velocity and velocity pressure, wind actions (external and internal pressure), Structural factor, Pressure and force coefficients, pressure coefficients for buildings (vertical walls and wind velocity profile, pitched roofs, vaults and domes), wind pressure on individual structural members. Exercises and examples.
4 4
2
Loads on structures due to snow. Design situations (normal, exceptional). Snow load on the ground (characteristic values), Snow load on roofs (parameters affecting the load, load arrangements, exposure and thermal coefficients, roof shape coefficient for monopitch and pitched roofs, multi-span roofs, cylindrical roofs, roofs abutting and close to taller structures. Local effects. Snow load at Sea Level, variation with altitude and region. Exercises and examples.
4 4
3
Torsion – Warping. Causes of torsion, Torsion due to direct or indirect actions, effect of the position of the shear center, handling torsion, of bar compact circular cross-section under torsion, Torsional constant of closed mono-cellular cross-sections (2nd formula of Bredt), Torsional constant of RHS, maximum shear stresses of closed mono-cellular cross-sections (1st formula of Bredt), pure (St.Venant) torsion, non-uniform torsion, warping, mechanism of torsion, stresses and forces due to torsion and warping, design according to EC3 combined with the presence of shear. Exercises and applications.
4 6
4
Lateral and lateral-torsional buckling. The lateral buckling phenomenon, qualitative interpretation. Lateral-torsional buckling (sensitive and non-sensitive sections, differential equation of equilibrium and boundary conditions). Elastic critical moment for lateral buckling and parameters affecting it, formulae and tables. Resistance moment for lateral buckling, reduction factor, lateral buckling curves, alternative calculation method, effect of moment distribution, members with discrete lateral constraints at the compressed flange. Members under combined bending and compression, probable buckling phenomena, design checks according to EC3, Method 1 and Method 2.
4 6
5 Applications and exercises based on the material taught during the 4th week.
4 8
6
Bolted connections with pre-loaded bolts. Bolts under tension, bolts under tension and shear, mechanism of operation using preloaded bolted shear connections, slip resistance, slip factor, hole dimension tolerances, friction factor, Categories B and C, serviceability and ultimate limit states, planar plates connected with preloaded bolts. Exercises and examples.
4 6
160
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Course attendance
7
Design of joints of industrial steel buildings. Presentation of various connection types related to the above type of structures, and details of joints between the corresponding members, for either framed or trussed main load bearing substructures. Assembly and detailing, drawing requirements.
4 6
8
Planar plated structural elements – Analysis and Design according to EC3. Introduction, Basis of design and modeling, Shear lag in member design, Plate buckling effects due to direct stresses at the ultimate limit state, Resistance to shear, Resistance to transverse forces, Interaction, Flange induced buckling, Stiffeners and detailing, Reduced stress method. Applications and exercises.
4 6
9
Uniform built-up compression members. General issues and modeling, Laced compression members (resistance of components, shear stiffness, effective second moment of area, constructional details), Battened compression members (resistance of components, shear stiffness, effective moments of inertia, efficiency factor, design details, closely spaced built-up members). Exercises and examples.
4 6
10
Bracing systems. Horizontal bracings (main features, alternatives, participation of purlins, general layout and load paths, diaphragmatic function of sheet cladding). Vertical braces (general layout, evaluation of different forms, used cross-sections, efficiency restrictions). Calculations and checks according to EC3. Exercises and worked examples.
4 6
11
Towards achieving successful designs in structural steel. Introduction, What is successful design, design steps, looking at the big picture, work as a team, think constructability always, the role of engineering judgment, the role of computer, the role of minimizing errors, Suggestions and guidelines, helping future engineers, Conclusions and discussion.
4 4
12
Introduction to the European Steel Design Education Program (ESPEP). History, Role of Task Committees and Working Groups, Contents of ESDEP Lectures, Continuing Education, Useful Electronic Web Resources, U.S. Steel Design Specifications. Worked Examples and Discussion.
4 4
13 Review Worked Examples 4 6
14 Presentation and evaluation of the most popular software for the design of Steel Structures. Discussion.
4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
- 3 15 -
Suggested literature:
6. A.N. Kounadis, «Steel Structures, Behavior and Analysis, Vol. I and II, Symeon Publishing, 2007. 7. I. Vayas, I. Ermopoulos, I. Ioannidis, Design of Steel Structures Kleidarithmos Publishing, 2006. 8. I. Vayas, I. Ermopoulos, I. Ioannidis, Steel Structures, Vol. Ι, Kleidarithmos Publishing, 2005.
161
9. Eurocode 3, Design of Steel Structures, Part 1-1: General Rules and rules for buildings, EN 1993-1-1, 2005.
10. Eurocode 3, Design of Steel Structures, Part 1.8: Design of Joints, ΕΝ 1993-1-8, 2005. 11. Μ. Bruneau, C. – M. Uang, A. Whittaker, Ductile Design of Steel Structures, McGraw-Hill 1998. 12. Eurocode 3, Design of Steel Structures, Part 1.5: Plated Structural Elements, EN 1993-1-5, 2006. 13. Eurocode 1, Actions on Structures, Part 1-4: General Actions – Wind Actions, ΕN 1991-1-4, 2006. 14. Eurocode 1, Actions on Structures, Part 1-3: General Actions – Snow Loads, EN 1991-1-3, 2006.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
40%
Seminars
5%
Demonstrations
5%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
10
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): Active class participation
10
162
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: EXPERIMENTAL STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
Course code: CE07_S05
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate X Graduate
Course type: Mandatory X Selective Course category: Basic Orientation X Semester: 7ο Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Material characterization and mechanical behavior using the following indicative tests: tension, compression, hardness, fatigue, creep, impact. Mechanical behavior estimation and assessment getting simplified model. Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: BAXEVANI ELENI Level: Adjunct Assistant Professor
Office: Tel. – email: 24210 74147, [email protected] Other tutors:
163
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction into mechanical behavior of materials
4 2
2 Tension test 4 2
3 Compression test 4 2
4 Hardness test (Rockwell, Vickers) 4 2
5 Hardness test (Brinell, dynamic methods) Labor
4 2
6 Creep test 4 2
7 Modeling of mechanical behavior – Rheological approach to creep behavior
4 2
8 Impact test 4 2
9 Fatigue test 4 2
10 Bending test 4 2
11 Torsion test 4 2
12 Fracture mechanics Labor
4 2
13 Non destructive tests - ultrasonic 4 1
14 Non destructive tests – x-rays 4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
8
Suggested literature:
1. E. BAXEVANI, «Experimental Structure Mechanics», Notes, Uni of
Thessaly, Volos 2003. 2. I. PRASIANAKIS, S. KOURKOULIS, «Experimental Structure
Mechanics», ISBN 978-960-11-0008-1, Athens 1999. 3. I. PRASIANAKIS, S. KOURKOULIS, «Labor - Experimental Structure
Mechanics», Athens 1999.
164
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Χ
…60…….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
Χ
…20…….%
Exercises
Χ
…10…….%
Visits at facilities
Χ
…10…….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Χ
30
Interim examination
Final examinations
Χ
70
Other (describe): Alternative …………
Χ
100
165
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: ELASTOPLASTIC STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Course code: CE07_S06
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: Hours per
week:
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The main objective is the analysis and the design of frame structures with the theory of plasticity. For that, the lectures first concern the theory of plasticity in frame members. In the sequel, the problem of the determination of the collapse mechanism for frame structures is studied. The problem of plastic design with min weight is also studied. Finally, the methods of plastic analysis with linear programming are studied and the students are also introduced to the matrix formulation of plastic analysis and plastic design problems. The results are the familiarization of students with the theory of plasticity and the comprehension of the methods of plastic analysis and plastic design of frame structures. Prerequisites:
• Mechanics ΙΙ
• Structural Analysis ΙΙ
• Structural Analysis ΙΙΙ Instructor’s data: Name: Olympia Panagouli
Level: Assistant Professor Office:
Tel. – email: 24210 74146 Other tutors: -
166
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Theory of plasticity for frame members. Calculation of the ultimate moment capacity and the shape coefficient for different cross sections.
4 2
2 Calculation of the elastoplastic boundary in beams with rectangular cross section.
4 2
3 Influence of shear forces to the ultimate moment capacity of the rectangular cross section.
4 2
4 Influence of axial forces to the ultimate moment capacity of the rectangular cross section.
4 2
5 Loading - Unloading and calculation of residual stresses.
4 2
6 Elastoplastic methods: The “step by step” method for the calculation of the displacements and the collapse load of the structure.
4 2
7 Classical methods of plastic analysis. Theorems of plasticity.
4 2
8 Determination of collapse mechanism and calculation of the corresponding collapse load through the combination of independent mechanisms for frame structures.
4 2
9 Improvement of real collapse mechanisms in frames with distributed loads.
4 2
10 The geometric method of plastic design with min weight.
4 2
11 Modern methods of plastic analysis with linear programming.
4 2
12 The matrix formulation of plastic analysis and plastic design problems.
4 2
13 The matrix formulation of the “step by step” method.
4 2
14 Examples of elastoplastic analysis with the use of “step by step” method in the context of structural analysis software.
4 2
Additional hours for:
167
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
36
Suggested literature:
• K. Barkarakis, Analysis and Design of Frame Structures with the Theory of Plasticity, N.T.U.A., Athens 1985.
• M. Papadrakakis, Plastic Analysis of Frame Structures - Modern Methods, N.T.U.A., Athens 1996.
• B. Neal, The plastic Methods of Structural Analysis, Chapman and Hall ltd., 1977.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
50%
Seminars
Demonstrations
Laboratory
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
25%
Interim examination
Final examinations
75%
Other (describe): …………………………
168
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: FINITE
ELEMENTS
Course code: CE07_S07
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 7th Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The main objective is the study of the basic concepts of the Finite Element Method. The first lectures concern different expressions of the Finite Element Method. In the sequel, different types of finite elements are studied such as frame elements, 2D and 3D elasticity elements and axisymmetric elements. Finally, the isoparametric formulation of the above mentioned elements is introduced. The last lectures introduce the students to the programming of the method and to solution techniques. The result is the familiarization of students with the Finite Element Method and the comprehension of the basic principles of programming the method.
Prerequisites:
• Mechanics II
• Structural Analysis III Instructor’s data: Name: Olympia Panagouli
Level: Asistant Professor Office:
Tel. – email: 24210 74146 Other tutors: -
169
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Intoduction to the Finite Element Method. Formulation of the equilibrium equations with the use of the principle of virtual work.
4 2
2 Formulation of the equilibrium equations with the use of the variational principle and the method of the weighted residuals.
4 2
3 Truss element and 2D beam element. 4 2
4 3D beam element. 4 2
5 Theory of elasticity for plane stress- plane strain elements.
4 2
6 Quadrilateral plane stress-plain strain elements.
4 2
7 Triangular plain stress- plane strain elements. 4 2
8 3D elasticity. First order 3D elements. Higher order elements.
4 2
9 Axisymmetric elements. 4 2
10 Isoparametric elements: truss element and 2D elasticity.
4 2
11 Isoparametric elements: 3D elasticity. 4 2
12 F.E. meshes with different types of finite elements.
4 2
13 Criteria for the selection of shape functions. Discretization. Check of the accuracy of the results.
14 Programming of the F.E method. 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
36
Suggested literature:
• M. Papadrakakis, Analysis of Structures with the Finite Element Method, Papasotiriou, Athens, 1996
170
• K. J. Bathe, Finite Element Procedures, Prentice Hall, Englewood cliffs, NJ, 1996
• O.C. Zienkiewicz, The Finite Element Method in Engineering Science, McGraw Hill, London, 1991
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
60%
Seminars
Demonstrations
Laboratory
Exercises
40%
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
25%
Interim examination
Final examinations
75%
Other (describe): …………………………
171
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: ENGINEERING GEOLOGY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION
Course code: CE07_G05
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 7o Hours per
week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Engineering behaviour of geological formations under loading conditions of civil engineering works. Estimate of the geological model and influence of the geological conditions in road works (slopes, tunnels) and dams. Identification and means of mitigation-stabilisation of geological hazards (landslides, rockfalls). Prerequisites:
PRINCIPLES OF ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
Instructor’s data:
Name: Saroglou Haralambos Level:
Office: Tel. – email: [email protected]
Other tutors:
172
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Geological formations (behaviour in civil engineering works)
4 1
2 Intact rock (strength, deformability) 4 1
3 Properties of discontinuities 4 1
4 Rockmass (properties, examples) 4 1
5 Rockmass (failure criteria) 4 1
6 Stereographic projection (Schmidt) 4 2
7 Stability of rock slopes 4 1
8 Rock mass classification systems (GSI, RMR, Q)
4 2
9 Engineering geology of dams (watertightness of reservoir and dam axis)
4 2
10 Engineering geology of dams (stability of abutments and selection of type of dam)
4 2
11 Engineering geology of tunnels (geological model along tunnel)
4 2
12 Engineering geology of tunnels (classification, temporary support measures for different rock mass types)
4 2
13 Landslides (geological causes and stabilization measures)
4 1
14 Drilling for geotechnical investigation and permeability tests in boreholes.
4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
14
Suggested literature:
1. Geology of Civil Engineering Works. Koukis George, Sabatakakis Nikolaos. Published: 2007, Publisher: Papasotiriou. 2.A Geology for Engineers. F.G.H.,Blyth, M.H.,De Freitas. Published: 1984, Publisher: Elsevier Science & Technology
173
3. Engineering Geology. P. Marinos, 2007. Course Notes, School of Civil Engineering, NTUA.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
20
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
174
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Soil Dynamics Course code: CE07_G06 Credits: 4 Work load
(hours): 120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 7o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): The students study: the response of single and simple multi-degrees of freedom systems, the propagation of waves in one, two and three dimensions, cyclic behavior of soil, the seismic response of multi-layered soil formations, the dynamic soil-structure interaction of simple systems, and vibrations of machine foundations. At the end of the course the students are capable of solving:
1. Problems of a single degree of freedom systems 2. Problems of 2 or 3 degrees of freedom systems 3. Problems of wave propagation in one, two and three dimensions 4. Problems related to dynamic properties, dynamic compaction and
liquefaction of soils. 5. Problems related to the seismic response of multi-layered soil formations 6. Simple problems of dynamic soil-structure interaction 7. Problems related to vibrations of machine foundations
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: Panos Dakoulas
Level: Associate Professor Office: Civil Engineering, 105
Tel. – email: 24214-74161, [email protected] Other tutors:
175
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to Soil Dynamics and Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering.
4 2
2 Periodic and non periodic vibrations. Fourier Transform. Analysis in the frequency domain. Dynamic response of a SDOF system. Problems. 1st homework
4 5
3 Seismic response of a SDOF system. Response spectra. Problems. Dynamic response of a 2 DOF system. Problems. 2nd homework
4 5
4 Seismic waves. Wave propagation in one dimension. 4 2
5 Applications of wave propagation in one dimension. Problems. 3rd homework
4 5
6 Surface waves. Rayleigh waves. Love waves. Problems. 4th homework
4 5
7 Dynamic behavior of soil element. Laboratory measurement of soil properties. Cyclic behavior and dynamic compaction of soil element.
4 2
8 Liquefaction and cyclic mobility of granular soil. In situ measurement of dynamic properties. 5th homework
4 5
9 Seismic response of a multi-layered soil profile. Equivalent linear and nonlinear numerical analysis. Numerical Applications. 6th homework
4 5
10 Effect of soil characteristics and topography on the seismic response. Examples of seismic response from actual earthquakes. Design spectra. Micro-zonation studies.
4 2
11 Dynamic soil - structure interaction. Methods of analysis. Dynamic impedance.
4 2
12 Kinematic and inertial soil - structure interaction. Seismic behavior of soil – structure systems during actual earthquakes.
4 2
13 Machine vibrations. Dynamic impedance for various foundation conditions.
4 2
14 Analysis and design of machine vibrations. Problems. 7th homework
4 5
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
15
176
Suggested literature: 1. Soil Dynamics, P. Dakoulas, U.Th., 2005 (distributed, in Greek)
Άλλα βοηθήµατα 2. Soil Dynamics, G. Gazetas, NTUA, 2006 (in Greek) 3. Kramer, S., Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, NJ, 1996. 4. Greek Seismic Code, TEE, 2008.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70%
Seminars
Demonstrations
Laboratory
Exercises
30%
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework 0%
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100%
Other (describe): …………………………
177
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: SOIL MECHANICS LAB
Course code: CE07_G07
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
116
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 7o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The Soil Mechanics Lab course supplements the knowledge of a Civil Engineering student with a Geotechnical orientation, not so much on issues of design, but on issues of estimating the nature and the parameters of strength and deformability of soils. These issues are the basis of the design of any foundation, retaining system or geotechnical structure. The students acquire expertise on preparing, executing and evaluating the results of laboratory and insitu geotechnical testing, since they execute the tests themselves under the supervision of the instructor.
Prerequisites:
Knowledge of soil mechanics (nature of soil, soil stresses and strains, shear strength under undrained and drained conditions, soil consolidation, flow through soil)
Instructor’s data:
Name: Achilleas PAPADIMITRIOU Level: Lecturer
Office: Civil Engr Bldg – Office 116 Tel. – email: +30-24210-74140 – [email protected]
Other tutors: -
178
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction – Measurement of moisture content
4 1
2 Measurement of Atterberg limits (LL and PL) 4 1
3 Soil grain size distribution (using sieves) 4 1
4 Soil grain size distribution (hydrometer) 4 1
5 Compaction test 4 1
6 Permeability test 4 1
7 One-dimensional consolidation test 4 1
8 Direct shear test 4 1
9 Unconfined compression test 4 1
10 Triaxial compression test 4 1
11 Drilling - Sampling – Programming of geotechnical investigation
4 1
12 In situ testing: SPT 4 1
13 In situ testing: CPT 4 1
14 In situ testing: Geophysical testing & monitoring equipment
4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
30 2 14
Suggested literature:
Σ. Κωστόουλος : ΠΕΙΡΑΜΑΤΙΚΗ ΓΕΩΤΕΧΝΙΚΗ ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗ, Εκδόσεις Ιων, 2005
Ν. Πααχαρίσης : ΓΕΩΤΕΧΝΙΚΗ ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗ, Εκδόσεις Αφοι Κυριακίδη, 2003
Γ. Μουκοβάλας : ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ ΣΕ ΕΙ∆ΙΚΑ ΘΕΜΑΤΑ ΘΕΜΕΛΙΩΣΕΩΝ, Έκδοση Ε.Μ.Π., 2007
Β. Γεωργιάννου : ΕΙ∆ΙΚΑ ΘΕΜΑΤΑ Ε∆ΑΦΟΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗΣ - ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ : Έκδοση ΕΜΠ, 2007
179
G. Barnes : SOIL MECHANICS: Principles and Practice, Palgrave MacMillan Ltd, 2000
Κ. Head : MANUAL OF SOIL LABORATORY TESTING, 3rd Edition, 2006 M. Budhu: SOIL MECHANICS & FOUNDATIONS, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 1999
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
20%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
80%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
50
Interim examination
Final examinations
50
Other (describe): …………………………
180
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Pavement Design & Construction
Course code: CE07_T05
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 7th Hours per week: 4 hours
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Pavement Design & Construction. Roads and Airports. Qualitative and Quantitative Control of Pavement Materials. Flexible and Rigid Pavements Design Methods. Surface characteristics. General Principles of Maintenance, Restoration and Pavement Management. Recycling.
Prerequisites:
• Mathematics I and II
• Applied Physics
• Highway Engineering I
• Highway Engineering II
• Construction Materials
Instructor’s data: Name:
Level: Office:
Tel. – email: Other tutors:
181
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Pavements materials (aggregates, emulsions, asphalt, asphalt mixtures, stabilized materials).
56 49
2 Types of hot, cold asphalt mixtures, mix design.
3 Qualitative and quantitative control of materials.
4 Types of pavements, pavement loadings, climate, vehicle traffic.
5 Design methods of flexible and rigid pavements: analytical, theoretical, and empirical.
6 General principles of maintenance, restoration and pavement management
7 Pavement material recycling
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
18 4 16 7
Suggested literature:
• “Principles of Pavement Design”. Yoder E.J., Witzak M. W. • Ministry of Public Works. Technical Specifications Α-260, Α-265, Ο-155, Ο-150
182
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
…70….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
…20….%
Visits at facilities
…10….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
10 10
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
183
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
Course code: CE07_T06
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
134
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 7th Hours per
week: 4 hours
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Organization forms and operational aims of the public transportation institutions. Evaluation of the transportation ability of bus * metro/tram lines. General characteristics of utilization / exploitation. The PTM network of Athens. Design, study, evaluation and operation of Public Means of Transportation. Improvement and preferential treatment of PMT. Traffic material of bus lines and system networks. Information on urban public transportations. Prerequisites:
Transportation Design, Road Design I & II , Transportation
Techniques Instructor’s data: Name: Konstantinos VOGIATZIS
Level: Ass Professor Office: 1st floor Civil Eng. Building
Tel. – email: 24210-74170 [email protected] Other tutors: -
184
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
INTRODUCTION : THE NECESSITY OF URBAN PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION NETWORK
4
4
2 COMPLETE INTEGRATED SYSTEMS OF URBAN PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION SCHEMES
4 4
3 URBAN PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM OF ATHENS
4 4
4 THE EXAMPLE OF «RATP» IN PARIS & THE NEW INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS IN ATHENS URBAN PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION NETWORK
4 4
5 URBAN BUS LINES 4 4
6 BUS LINE ABILITY FACTORS FOR PASSENGERS’ TRANSPORTATION
4 4
7 BUS STOPS – IMPACTS CAUSED BY BUS STOPS ON BUS LINE OPERATION
4 4
8 DESIGN OF URBAN BUS LINES 4 4
9 CRITERIA OF THE SERVICES PROVISION QUALTY LEVEL
4 4
10 IMPROVEMENT AND PREFERENTIAL TREATMENT OF PUBLIC MEANS OF TRANSPORTATION
4 4
11 BUS – LANES AND SPECIAL LANES DEDICATED TO EXCLUSIVE USE OF PMT
4 4
12 BUS – LANES IMPLEMENTATION IN URBAN ENVIRONMENT
4 4
13 PRIORITY MEASURES OF URBAN BUSES MANAGEMENT IN MIXED TRAFFIC CONDIRIONS
4 4
14 NEW PUBLIC MEANS OF TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM NETWORKS : THE ATHENS TRAM
4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
6 hours 4 hours 4 hours Possibly 1 day depending actual circumstances
Suggested literature:
«∆ιαχείριση κυκλοφορίας» Ι.Μ.Φραντζεσκάκης, Μ.Χ.Πιτσιάβα-Λατινοπούλου, ∆.Α. Τσαµπούλας –
185
Εκδόσεις Παπασωτηρίου 1997 ΙSBN 960-7510-50-X
«∆ηµόσιες Αστικές Συγκοινωνίες – Τόµος 1 : Λεωφορειακές Συγκοινωνίες» Γ.Α.Γιαννόπουλος,
Εκδόσεις Παρατηρητής Θεσ/νική 1994
«Μέτρα ευνόησης της κυκλοφορίας των οχηµάτων ∆ηµοσίων Συγκοινωνιών : Παναγιώτης
ΚΟΝΤΟΓΙΑΝΝΗΣ – Γεν. ∆ντης ΟΑΣΑ, Παρουσίαση στην Πολυτεχνική Σχολή Παν. ΘΕΣΣΑΛΙΑΣ (Τµ.
Πολ. Μηχανικών) Ιούνιος 2001
«Ο Συνδυασµός Μετακινήσεων ως Προϋπόθεση Ολοκλήρωσης των Συστηµάτων Μεταφορών» :
Αντώνης ΣΤΑΘΟΠΟΥΛΟΣ Αν. Καθηγητής, Τοµέας Μεταφορών & Συγκοινωνιακής Υποδοµής, Ε.Μ.Π.,
∆ιεθνές Συνέδριο ΜΕΣΑ ΜΑΖΙΚΗΣ ΜΕΤΑΦΟΡΑΣ-Επιλογή και όχι Ανάγκη - Αθήνα, 12 -13 Ιουνίου
2003
«Η Νέα Μελέτη Σχεδιασµού του Γενικού Συστήµατος Μεταφορών για την Αττική» : Παναγιώτης
ΚΟΝΤΟΓΙΑΝΝΗΣ – Γεν. ∆ντης ΟΑΣΑ, ∆ιεθνές Συνέδριο ΜΕΣΑ ΜΑΖΙΚΗΣ ΜΕΤΑΦΟΡΑΣ-Επιλογή και
όχι Ανάγκη - Αθήνα, 12 -13 Ιουνίου 2003
Ι.Μ.Φραντζεσκάκη και Γ.Α.Γιαννοπούλου «Σχεδιασµός των Μεταφορών και Κυκλοφοριακή Τεχνική»
«Highway Capacity Manual» Transportation Research Board, Special Report 209, Washington,
DC, 1985.
«Σχεδιασµός των Μεταφορών και Κυκλοφοριακή Τεχνική,. Τόµος 1ος . Βασικές έννοιες, Κόµβοι,
Κυκλοφοριακή Ικανότητα, Σήµανση, Σηµατοδότηση, Μετρήσεις». Ι.Μ.Φρατζεσκάκης. –
Γ.Γιαννόπουλος . Γ’ έκδοση, Παρατηρητής 1986.
«Μελέτη εφαρµογής Ειδικών Λωρίδων για Λεωφορεία σε Βασικούς Άξονες της Αθήνας, Έκθεση 1η.
Γενικές Αρχές Σχεδιασµού και Εφαρµογή στον Άξονα της Λεωφόρου Κηφισίας» DENCO ΕΠΕ
Φεβρουάριος 1995
« και περνούσανε τα τραµ...» Ευώνυµος Οικολογική Βιβλιοθήκη (Αθήνα 2003).
«Έκθεση Πεπραγµένων 1.1.2002-31.12.2002» ΟΑΣΑ
ΣΥΓΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΑΚΕΣ ΜΕΛΕΤΕΣ ΜΕΤΡΩΝ ΕΥΝΟΗΣΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΜΜΜ στα πλαίσια σχεδιασµού του νέου
ΣΑΣ (1995-6) • Μελέτη εφαρµογής ειδικής λωρίδας για λεωφορεία στην Λεωφ. Κηφισίας (Τµήµα Αλεξάνδρας µέχρι Αγ. Βαρβάρα). • Μελέτη εφαρµογής ειδικής λωρίδας για λεωφορεία στην Λεωφ. Βασ. Σοφίας. • Μελέτη εφαρµογής ειδικής λωρίδας για λεωφορεία στην Λεωφ. Ηλιουπόλεως. • Μελέτη εφαρµογής ειδικής λωρίδας για λεωφορεία στην Λεωφ. Βουλιαγµένης. • Μελέτη εφαρµογής ειδικής λωρίδας για λεωφορεία στην Λεωφ. Κηφισίας (Τµήµα Σίδερα µέχρι Αγ. Βαρβάρα). • Γενικό σχέδιο µέτρων ευνόησης ΜΜΜ στο αστικό δίκτυο της ευρύτερης περιοχής της Αθήνας (υπό ανάθεση)
ΠΑΡΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΗΣΗ - ΕΠΟΠΤΕΙΑ - ΑΞΙΟΛΟΓΗΣΗ ΤΟΥ ΝΕΟΥ ΣΑΣ στα πλαίσια της συνεχούς
διαδικασίας ελέγχου και εποπτείας του προγράµµατος λειτουργίας του νέου ΣΑΣ • Μετρήσεις Ανόδου-Καθόδου (ON-OFF) ∆ιαδηµοτικών και Κεντρικών ∆ιαδηµοτικών Λεωφορειακών γραµµών. • Μετρήσεις ελέγχου Τοπικών Λεωφορειακών Γραµµών µε ποσοστό εκτέλεση δροµολογίων από 80% έως 90% και 90%
έως 100%. • Μετρήσεις ελέγχου Τοπικών Λεωφορειακών Γραµµών µε ποσοστό εκτέλεσης δροµολογίων κάτω του 80% και
Μετρήσεις Ανόδου-Καθόδου Επιβατών. • Κυκλοφοριακές µετρήσεις στον εξωτερικό δακτύλιο της Πρωτεύουσας. • ∆ιερεύνηση των κυκλοφοριακών επιπτώσεων από την λειτουργία της ΕΛΛ της Λ. Κηφισίας. • Μετρήσεις παραβάσεων σε Λεωφορειολωρίδες. • Μετρήσεις Χρόνου διαδροµής των Αξονικών Γραµµών (Α2...Α18).
186
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
40%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
50%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
10%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework 15
Class project
75
Interim examination
Final examinations
20
Other (describe): …………………………
187
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Numerical Methods in Hydraulics & Hydraulic Works
Course code: CE07_H05
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 7 Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course objective is to familiarize the students with the application of computational algorithms to the solution of fluid mechanics and hydraulics problems as well as the use of hydrologic and hydraulics modeling in the design of hydraulic works. The students are exposed to the development of elementary algorithms, programming in FORTRAN or C, and the use of commercially available computer programs for fluid dynamics applications, hydraulics and hydrology. Prerequisites:
Fluid mechanics Hydraulics Open channel flow Groundwater Numerical methods
Instructor’s data: Name: Ioannis Sarris
Level: Invited lecturer Office:
Tel. – email: 4090 – [email protected] Other tutors:
188
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Fundamentals of numerical analysis. 4 4
2 Numerical solution of differential equations.. 4 4
3 The finite difference method. 4 4
4 Numerical diffusion and dispersion. 4 4
5 Parabolic flow equations - examples. 4 4
6 Hyperbolic flow equations - examples. 4 4
7 Elliptic flow equations - examples. 4 4
8 Application to open channel flows. 4 4
9 Application to duct and pipe flows. 4 4
10 Flow in pipe networks. 4 3
11 Application to groundwater flows. 4 3
12 Review/use of programs for the numerical modeling of fluid flows.
4 3
13 Introduction to the Finite Element method. 4 3
14 Introduction to the spectral element method. 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
44
Suggested literature:
• C. Koutitas, «Computational Hydraulics», Xanthi, (in greek), 1982
• C.B. Vreugdentil “Computational Hydraulics, An Introduction”, Springer-Verlag 1989.
• G.F. Pinder and W.G. Gray, “Finite Element and Simulation in Surface and Subsurface Hydrology”, Nelson, London, 1977.
• Chung, T.J. (1978) Finite Element Analysis in Fluid Dynamics. McGraw-Hill, New York.
189
• Fischer, H.B., E.J. List and R.C.Y. Kon (1979) Mixing in Inland and Coastal Waters. Academic Press.
• Gear, C.W. (1971) Numerical Initial Value Problems in Ordinary Differential Equations. Prentice Hall.
• Peyret, R. and T.D. Taylor (1983) Computational Methods for Fluid Flow. Springer, New York.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
20%
Exercises
10%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
10
10
Class project 20
Interim examination
Final examinations 60
Other (describe): …………………………
190
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Urban and Industrial Waste Water Treatment
Course code: CE07_H06
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate ∴ Graduate
Course type: Mandatory ∴ Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation ∴
Semester: 7th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The objective of this course is the training of civil engineering students on issues regarding the design and the operation processes used for wastewater treatment plants of both industrial and municipal discharges. Specifically, the students learn the subsequent steps applied during the construction of treatment plants, from the initial design stages up to the final stages of construction. In addition, they learn about the existing legislation and the required guidelines, while their participation in working groups offers them the opportunity to study step by step the progress of each stage. At the end of the semester, the students are able to design a wastewater treatment plant. Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: Chrysi Laspidou
Level: Adjunct Assistant Professor Office: +30 24210 74147
Tel. – email: [email protected] Other tutors:
191
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Origin, quantity and quality of wastewater (BOD, COD, TOC, ThOD, TSS, VSS, N, NO3, NH4, P), Industrial sectors
4
4
2 Elements of Environmental microbiology and biochemistry (microbial cells, bacteria, bio-degradation of organics, cellular production, aerobic-anaerobic, autotrophs-heterotrophs)
4
4
3 Biological kinetics Monod kinetics, enzymes, electron donor/acceptor, chemical reaction for the biodegradation of organics and for the production of cells
4
6
4 Bio-reactors Batch, CSTR, plug flow Mass balances: flow-through systems or systems with recirculation
4
6
5 Activated Sludge systems The method overall with its basic design criteria and relevant parameters
4
4
6 Pretreatment-Primary treatment (screening, grit removal, primary sedimentation, flotation)
4
1
7 Secondary treatment (aerobic-anaerobic, activated sludge systems, secondary sedimentation
4
2
8 Activated sludge design (step by step, the design from the beginning to end, calculating biomass concentrations, substrate, microbial products, demands in nutrients and oxygen in every step)
4
6
9 Tertiary treatment (activated carbon adsorption, flocculation, sedimentation, filtration)
4
3
10 Wastewater disinfection and disinfecting agents, Sludge treatment and disposal
4 4
11 Wastewater disposal, reclamation and reuse 4 2
12 Other wastewater treatment systems: attached biomass systems (biofilm), rotating biological contactors, trickling filters
4
2
192
13 Other wastewater treatment systems: treatment lagoons, constructed wetlands
4 4
14 Wastewater Nitrogen and Phosphorus removal
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
21
Suggested literature: Wastewater Engineering: Treatment, Disposal and Reuse, by Metcalf and Eddy, McGraw Hill. Environmental Biotechnology: Principles and Apoplications, by B.E. Rittmann and P.L. McCarty, McGraw Hill, 2001. Other literature in Greek.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
∴
75%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
∴
20%
Visits at facilities
∴
If time allows, we visit the local wastewater treatment facility
5%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
193
Class project
∴
30
Interim examination
Final examinations
∴
70
Other (describe): …………………………
194
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Coastal Engineering – Harbor Works
Course code: CE08_H01
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 8o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Design of harbors and coastal protection structures, Coastal Engineering projects Basic knowledge on wave mechanics, coastal hydrodynamics and coastal processes. Prerequisites:
Hydraulics Fluid Mechanics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Yiannis Savvidis Level: Assistant Professor (under
appointment) Office: - Tel. – email: 6932975710 - - [email protected] Other tutors:
X
X
X
195
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction– Theory of gravity waves of 1st order
4
2
2
Basic characteristics of gravity waves of 1st order. Wave propagation in shallow, deep and intermediate waters.
4
2
3 Waves propagation in coastal zone, refraction, diffraction,.
4 2
4 Waves propagation in coastal zone, – reflection, wave breaking, run up
4 2
5 Wind wave generation, development and prediction. . Statistical study of waves
4 2
6
Coastal circulation (tidal, wind-generated, wave-induced currents and numerical models for their description.
4
2
7 Mathematical models of matter transport (suspended or diluted matter)
4 2
8
Types of harbor works (parallel και vertical to the coast) Breakwaters –jetties –bridges - seawalls
4
2
9 Hydrodynamic loads on submerged bodies, submarine outfalls, vertical walls.
4 2
10
∆ιαστασιολόγηση, έλεγχος ευστάθειας στοιχείων λιµενικών έργων. Έργα µε κατακόρυφα και έργα µε κεκλιµένα ρανή
4
2
11 Theories of coastal sediment transport and balance of sediments
4 2
12 Morphological feedback from technical works 4 2
13 Presentation of study and construction of a harbor – Case Study
4 2
14 Summary - Revision 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
2 30 4
Suggested literature:
• Κουτίτας Χρ. (1998): Εισαγωγή στην Παράκτια Τεχνική και τα Λιµενικά Έργα, Εκδόσεις Ζήτη, Θεσσαλονίκη.
• Μέµος Κ. (2005): Μαθήµατα Λιµενικών Έργων, Εκδ. Συµµετρία,
196
Αθήνα.
• ∆ασκαλάκης Ε, (1999). Λιµάνια, θαλάσσια κύµατα και λιµενικά έργα. Αθήνα, Εκδόσεις Άνωση
• Bruun P. (1985): Design and Construction of Mounds for Breakwaters and Coastal Protection, Elsevier.
• Coastal Engineering Manual (2007). U. S. Army Corps of Engineers
• Robert G. Dean and Robert A. Dalrymple (2000) Water Wave Mechanics for Engineers and Scientists. World Scientific Publishing
• Robert G. Dean and Robert A. Dalrymple (2002) Coastal Processes with Engineering applications, Cambridge University Press
• Sawaragi T., (1995): Coastal Engineering - Waves, Beaches, Wave-Structure Interactions, Elsevier, The Netherlands
• Robert Sorensen (1997) Basic Coastal Engineering, Springer (Editor)
• Gregory P. Tsinker (2004) Port Engineering: Planning, Construction, Maintenance, and Security
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Theory
50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
X
X
197
Final examinations 100
Other (describe): …………………………
X
198
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Structural Dynamics I Course code: CE08_S02
Credits: 5 Work load (hours): 150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 8th Hours per week:
4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): To develop an understanding of the behavior of structural systems subjected to general dynamic loading. Various methods of analysis will be presented for evaluating the time-dependent internal forces and deflections of dynamically loaded structures This course strengthens students’ technical and intellectual competency, preparing them for engineering employment or advanced study. The course exposes students to computational and some experimental techniques used in modern professional civil engineering practice. Furthermore, the class provides introduction and exposure to more advanced topics, stimulating student interest in life-long learning. Upon completion of the course, students should be able to demonstrate: Ability to formulate Equations of Motion for single and multiple degree of freedom
systems and Ability to determine the free response of undamped and damped single-degree-of-freedom systems analytically.
Ability to determine the forced response of single-degree-of-freedom systems using time domain methods and by numerical integration of equations of motion
Understanding how the use of experimental techniques for vibration analysis of single-degree-of-freedom systems in identification of dynamic properties of structures.
Ability to develop a computer codes to numerically evaluate (time history analysis) the response of SDOF system under a dynamic excitation.
Ability to solve the free vibration eigenvalue problem for a MDOF system. Understanding of the effect of damping in multi-degree-of-freedom systems and ability to determine the response of systems with proportional damping
Ability to utilize modal analyses techniques (Response Spectrum Analysis) to calculate the response of MDOF structural systems to Seismic Excitations as required by the seismic codes.
Prerequisites: Static Structural Analysis, and Matrix Structural Analysis Linear Algebra (e.g., vectors, matrices, determinants). Ordinary Differential Equations
Instructor’s data:
Name: Panos Tsopelas Level: Associate Professor Office:
Tel. – email: 2421074160 - [email protected]
Other tutors:
199
Specific course information:
Week No.
Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction
Equations of motion 4 6
2 Spring Mass System, free vibration Viscously damped systems, free vibration
4 6
3 Viscously damped systems, free vibration Friction, Coulomb-damped free vibration
4 6
4 Response of SDOF to harmonic excitation Vibration Isolation
4 6
5
Measurement of dynamic properties/response
Dissipation of energy, equivalent viscous damping, other forms of damping
4 7
6 Forced vibration of SDOF systems Impulse Resposne Duhamel Integral,
4 7
7 Numerical Evaluation of Response of
SDOF Systems 4 7
8 Seismic response of linear SDOF systems 4 4
9 Linear Response Spectrum/Spectra 4 4
10 Numerical Evaluation of Linear Response
Spectra. 4 8
11 MDOF linear systems, formulation, free
vibration Eigenvalue problem for MDOF Systems
4 4
12 MDOF linear systems, Dynamic Analysis MDOF linear systems, Seismic response
4 8
13 MDOF linear systems, Response spectrum
analysis. 4 8
14 MDOF linear systems, unsymmetrical
buildings Torsional response
4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 6
Suggested literature:
Ι.Θ. Κατσικαδέλης ∆υναµική των Κατασκευών Τόµος Ι και Τόµος ΙΙ,
200
Συµµετρία, 2002 (ISBN 960-266-107-0) & 2007(ISBN 978-960-266-106-2) Anil Chopra, Dynamics of Structures, Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 100%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises ……….%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe):………. ……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: Written % Oral %
Homework 30
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations 70
Other (describe):…………
201
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Reinforced Concrete Design III
Course code: CE08_S03
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 8th Hours per
week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Behavior and design of R/C structures under seismic loading for a building as a whole, as well as for each structural element. Basic concepts of plasticity theory for the design of R/C structures (ductile types of failure for seismic loads). Expected modes of failure and appropriate steel reinforcement details for specific types of structural elements.
Prerequisites:
1. Reinforced Concrete Design I, IΙ 2. Mechanics I, II
Instructor’s data:
Name: Marina Moretti Level: Assistant Professor (nominated)
Office: - Tel. – email: 24210 74175 – [email protected]
Other tutors: -
202
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Design for shear under seismic loading 4 2
2 Design based on plasticity concepts 4 2
3 Capacity design 4 3
4 Capacity design 4 3
5 Design for lateral confinement 4 2
6 Exercise on design of reinforced concrete frames (steel reinforcement detailing)
4 4
7 Design for second-order effects 4 2
8 Design of slender elements 4 2
9 Ultimate strength design and special provisions against punching
4 3
10 Design of foundations 4 5
11 Design of structural walls 4 3
12 Design of coupling beams of coupled shear walls
4 2
13 Design of columns with low shear length ratio 4 3
14 Design of frame joints 4 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
55
Suggested literature:
1. Greek Code for R/C Design (2000) 2. Greek Code fro Seismic Design 3. Reinforced Concrete Structures (Park & Paulay, ed. Wiley)
203
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
60%
Seminars
-
Demonstrations
-
Laboratory
-
Exercises
40%
Visits at facilities
-
Other (describe): ……………………….
-
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
20 20
Interim examination
Final examinations
60
Other (describe): …………………………
204
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Water supply systems
Course code: CE08_H04
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: Η Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Students learn the design and hydraulic resolution of modern water supply systems in settlements (internal – external aqueducts) Prerequisites: Hydraulics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Nikitas Mylopoulos Level: Assistant Professor Office: 114
Tel. – email: 24210 74162 [email protected] Other tutors:
205
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
The problem of sewerage – Sewer projects as a part of Water Resources Management in a watershed level
4
2 Basic principles and parameters of designing urban wastewater network systems.
4 4
3 Physicochemical properties of sewage and stormwater - Qualitative issues.
4 4
4 Wastewater network types. Sewerage and stormwater runoff networks. Combined networks.
4 4
5 Assessement of sewage and stormwater flowrates – Hydrology principles.
4 4
6 Hydraulic calculation of free surface pipes - Applications.
4 4
7 Design and hydraulic calculation of sewerage networks.
4 4
8 Design and hydraulic calculation of stormwater runoff networks.
4 4
9 Manholes of sewerage and stormwater network systems. Calculation and design.
4 2
10 Sewage pumping stations. Pump characteristics 4 2
11 Special technical infrustructure. Siphons – Spillways.
4 2
12 Special issues of wastewater works. Additional works and plannings.
4
13 Existing legislation - Studies of Urban Wastewater Networks – Principles of study preparation.
4
14 Computer aided calculation models of water supply networks – Presentation.
4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
30
206
Suggested literature:
• I. Hatziagelou, «Sewerage systems» , A.U.T.. • D. Koutsoyanni «Sewerage systems», NTUA.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Lectures covering the theoretical part of the course
50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Solving of exercises – practical applications
50%
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): Students solve a project regarding calculation – design of a water supply system in a settlement. Lecturer corrects the project giving advice concerning the proper way of designing (beyond teaching hours).
beyond teaching hours
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
20
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
207
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Prestressed Concrete Design
Course code: CE08_S05
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 8th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Behavior and design of determinate and indeterminate prestressed concrete structures (serviceability, ultimate flexural and shear strength). Prerequisites:
1. Design of Reinforced Concrete II 2. Structural Analysis II
Instructor’s data:
Name: Philip C. Perdikaris Level: Professor Office: ???
Tel. – email: Tel: +3024210-74151/ fax: +3024210-74117 email: [email protected]
Other tutors: -
208
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Materials: concrete, prestressing steel 4 3
2 Basic concepts and applications of prestressed concrete (P/C), prestressing methods, , partial prestressing, flexural concrete stresses
4 3
3 Equivalent loads, pressure-line, load balancing 4 3
4 Immediate losses of prestressing force (friction, elastic shortening, tendon slippage)
4 3
5 Time-dependent losses of prestressing force (concrete creep and shrinkage, steel stress relaxation)
4 3
6 Preleminary design of prestressed beams based on serviceability and allowable stresses (constant and variable tendon eccentricity)
4 3
7 Preleminary design of prestressed beams (concrete section shape selection and dimensions, tendon profile)
4 2
8 Preleminary design of prestressed beams (prestressing force, tendon eccentricity, Magnel diagram)
4 1
9 Preleminary design of prestressed beams (allowable tendon profile region, cracking, pressure line)
4 1
10 Indeterminate P/C structural members (equivalent loads, external reactions, static/primary and hyperstatic/secondary bending moments due to prestressing)
4 1
11 Indeterminate P/C structural members (final bending moments due to prestressing, linear transformation and concordant tendon profile, pressure line)
4 1
12 Ultimate strength design of prestressed beams against flexure
4 1
13 Ultimate strength design of prestressed beams against shear
4 1
14 Anchorage zone design 4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
37
209
Suggested literature:
1. Greek Code for the Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures (2000) 2. Nilson, A., “Design of Prestressed Concrete”
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
80%
Seminars
-
Demonstrations
-
Laboratory
-
Exercises
18%
Visits at facilities
2%
Other (describe): ……………………….
-
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework -
Class project
20 5
Interim examination
Final examinations
75
Other (describe): …………………………
210
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information: Course title: Theory and numerical
methods of surface structures
Course code: CE08_S06
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Χ Graduate Course type: Mandatory Χ Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Χ Semester: 8th Hours per
week: 4 hours
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Introduce the properties and the mechanics of surface structures and present analytical and numerical methods for their capacity assessment. Prerequisites: Engineering Mechanics
Instructor’s data: Name: Fragiadakis Michalis Level: Adjunct Lecturer Office: Tel. – email: 24210 74175 – [email protected] Other tutors:
211
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours Course attendance Preparation
1 Introduction – Typology of surface structures, Bending moments, Displacements, Deformations, Stresses, Stress Resultants.
4 2
2 Equations of equilibrium, Inconsistencies of plate theory, Plate differential equation.
4 2
3 Plane transformations (slopes, curvature, moments), Boundary conditions, Numerical example.
4 2
4 Comparison of bending theory for beams and plates, Solution methods, Fourier series, Numerical example.
4 2
5 The Navier method, Numerical example. 4 2 6 The Levy method, Numerical example. 4 2 7 Practical/engineering solution methods for plates,
The Markus and Czerny methods, Numerical example-comparison with analytical methods.
4 2
8 Continuous plates with varying span-length, The Cross method for plates.
4 2
9 Special plate problems: plate of infinite length, circular plates, plate with a hole.
4 3
10 Plate with in-plane loading, Stability, Plate on elastic foundation.
4 3
11 Dynamic analysis of plates 4 3 12 The Finite Element (FE) method, Triangular and
Quadrilateral plate-shell element. 4 3
13 Introduction to shape functions and numerical integration, General characteristics of the FE method.
4 3
14 Applications with a FE software, Error estimation. 4 3 Additional hours for: Class project Examinations Preparation for
examinations Educational visit
30 -
Suggested literature: 1. Ε.J. Sapountzakis (2005). “Theory of Plates”, Athens, NTUA (in Greek). 2. T. Valiasis (2000). “Surface Structures-Theory and solution methods”, Ziti Publications, Thessaloniki, (in Greek). 3. R. Szilard, “Theory and Analysis of Plates, Classical and Numerical Methods”, Wiley, ISBN: 978-0471429890, 1056 pages. 4. S. Timoshenko, S. Woinowsky-Krieger (1959). “Theory of Plates and Shells” McGraw Hill, 580 pages Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight): Teaching 70% Seminars ……….%
212
Demonstrations ……….% Laboratory 10% Exercises 20% Visits at facilities ……….% Other (describe): ……….% Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral % Homework Class project 30 Interim examination Final examinations 70 Other (describe):
213
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY OF MATERIALS
Course code: CE08_S07
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate X Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective X Course category: Basic Orientation X Semester: 8ο Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Advanced materials, non conventional material, new material and procedures used in construction.
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: BAXEVANI ELENI
Level: Adjunct Assistant Professor Office:
Tel. – email: 24210 74147, [email protected] Other tutors:
214
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction – use and selection in construction
4 2
2 Special categories of concrete 4 2
3 Light weight concrete 4 2
4 Recycled concrete 4 2
5 Reinforced concrete using FRP 4 2
6 Fiber reinforced polymers, composite materials
4 2
7 Durability of reinforced concrete 4 2
8 Durability of reinforced concrete 4 2
9 Durability of reinforced concrete 4 2
10 Steel for metal structures (use, properties) 4 2
11 Steel for metal structures (coating, maintance) 4 2
12 Non conventional materials (e.g. glass, aluminum, plastics)
4 2
13 Non destructive testing for construction 4 2
14 New materials, new procedures 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
36
Suggested literature:
1. Th.P. TASIOS, «Durability of reinforced concrete», ISBN 960-7594-17-
7, Athens 1993. Students are asked to review the current literature, depending on the subject
215
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Χ
…60…….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
…..….%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
Χ
…..5…….%
Other (describe): Project presentation
Χ
…35…….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Χ
40
Interim examination
Final examinations
Χ
60
Other (describe): Alternative …………
Χ
100
216
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Rock Mechanics Course code: CE08_G05 Credits: 4 Work load
(hours): 120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 8o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course’s objective is the introduction to the basic concepts and applications of Rock Mechanics. Furthermore, the scope of this course deals with the extended analysis of the physical quantities involved in Rock Mechanics problems’ study. This course provides the essential scientific background, in the field of Rock Mechanics, to Civil Engineers working on geotechnical studies and constructions.
Prerequisites:
• Engineering Mechanics I, II, III
• Engineering Geology Instructor’s data:
Name: Georgios Efraimidis Level: Lecturer with P.D. 407/80
Office: Tel. – email: 6945-361028, [email protected] Other tutors:
217
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Rock mechanics and constructions, Discontinuities: Origin and kinds, Analysis methods.
4 2
2 Stress analysis, Plane stress, Equilibrium equations, Stress invariants, Deviatoric stresses, Mohr circle.
4 2
3 Strain analysis, Plane Strain, Compatibility of strains, Strain gauges.
4 2
4 Constitutive equations, Hooke's law, Saint-Venant principle.
4 2
5 Analytical solutions of rock mechanics' classic problems, Size effects.
4 2
6 Failure theories and fracture criteria for rocks and rock masses, Coulomb theory, Mohr theory, Griffith theory, Method of the limited equilibrium.
4 4
7 In-situ stress state of rock masses, Measurement methods of geostatic stresses.
4 4
8 Aspects of discontinuum mechanics, Shear strength of discontinuities, The effect of scale.
4 4
9 Improvement techniques and methods of treatment for the engineering properties of rock mass.
4 4
10 Stability of surface excavations, Basic concepts of rock slope engineering.
4 4
11 Failure modes of rock slopes, Protection and improvement techniques for rock slope stability.
4 4
12 Stability and failure modes of underground excavations, Stress state around circular openings.
4 4
13 Support methods and reinforcement techniques for underground excavations, Stability analysis and fracture criteria.
4 4
14 Classification systems for intact rocks and rock masses.
4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 15
Suggested literature:
• Agioutantis, Ζ.G., (2002), "Geomechanics – Rock mechanics", Ed. ION, Athens, Greece.
• Brady, B.H.G., and, Brown, E.T., (1992), "Rock Mechanics for underground mining", Springer (Kluwer Academic Publishers Group).
• Goodman, R.E., (1988), "Introduction to Rock Mechanics", John Wiley, New
218
York.
• Hoek, E., and Bray, J.W., (1981), "Rock Slope Engineering", Spon Press (Taylor & Francis Ltd).
• Hoek, E., and Brown, E.T., (1994), "Underground Excavations in Rock", Spon Press (Taylor & Francis Ltd).
• Hudson, J. A. and, Harrison, J. P., (2000), "Engineering Rock Mechanics: An Introduction to the Principles", Pergamon Press Inc (Elsevier Science & Technology).
• Jaeger, J. C., Cook, Neville G.W., and Zimmerman, R., (2007), "Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics", Wiley-Blackwell (Blackwell Science Ltd).
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
50 %
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
50 %
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
219
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information: Course title: Geotechnical and
Earthfil Structures Course code: CE08_G06
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
114
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 8o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): PART Ι. Natural and Artificial Slopes Analytical methods of slope stability analysis Solid and rock cuts, General aspects, Slope stability analysis (Cases, Factors of safety), Methods of rockfall intercepting. Embankments, Materials for construction, Protective systems for the slopes’ corrosion, Slope stability analysis (Cases, Factors of safety), Improvement measures for slope stability conditions, Examples. Main categories of landslides, Creeping behavior of soil, Numerical and phenomenological simulation, Improvement measures for landslide stability conditions, Slope stability analysis (Cases, Factors of safety), Examples.
PART Ι. Earthfil Dams Dams’ categories, Design principles of dams, Slope stability analysis of earthfil dams, Construction issues for earthfil dams (drainage system e.t.c), Excavations and borrow pits, Drills and grouting.
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: Karabatakis Dimitrios Level: Lecturer (Π.∆.407/80) Office: Tel. – email: 2421074175 / 6977805100
[email protected] Other tutors:
220
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance Preparation
1 PART Ι. Natural and Artificial Slopes Analytical methods of slope stability analysis.
4 2
2 Solid cuts, General aspects, Slope stability analysis (Cases, Factors of safety).
4 3
3 Rock cuts, General aspects, Slope stability analysis (Cases, Factors of safety), Methods of rock fall intercepting.
4 3
4 Embankments, Materials for construction, Protective systems for the slopes’ corrosion.
4 2
5 Slope stability analysis (Cases, Factors of safety). 4 2
6 Improvement measures for slope stability conditions, Examples.
4 2
7 Main categories of landslides, Creeping behaviour of soil.
4 2
8 Numerical and phenomenological simulation. 4 2
9 Improvement measures for landslide stability conditions.
4 2
10 Slope stability analysis (Cases, Factors of safety), Examples.
4 2
11 PART ΙΙ. Earthfil Dams Dams’ categories, Design principles of dams.
4 2
12 Slope stability analysis of earthfil dams. 4 2
13 Construction issues for earthfil dams (drainage system e.t.c).
4 2
14 Excavations and borrow pits, Drills and grouting.
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
4 20 4
Suggested literature: 1)«Εδαφοµηχανική: Θεωρία – Μέθοδοι – Εφαρµογές», Στ.Τσότσος, Α.Π.Θ,1991, (in Greek) 2)«Μελέτη στοιχείων διεπιφάνειας µε ερπυστική συµπεριφορά», ∆.Καραµπατάκης, ∆ιδακτορική ∆ιατριβή, Τµ. Πολιτικών Μηχανικών Α.Π.Θ, Τοµέας Γεωτεχνικής Μηχανικής, 11/2000. (in Greek) 3)«Εδαφοµηχανική: Ασκήσεις και προβλήµατα», Γ.Γραµµατικόπουλος,
221
Μ.Μάνου, Θ.Χατζηγώγος, Α.Π.Θ, 1985. (in Greek) 4)«Σηµειώσεις θεµελιώσεων τεχνικών έργων», Μ.Καββαδάς, Ε.Μ.Π., 2005. (in Greek) 5)“Highway slope maintenance and slide restoration workshop”, Federal Highway Admin, 12-1998. 6)“Large scale slope stability in open pit mining – A review”, Technical Report, Div. of Rock Mechanics, 1996. 7)“Debris – Flow hazards mitigation: Mechanics, Prediction and Assessment”, Rickenmann & Chen (eds), 2003 Millpress. 8)“MOMIS: A database for the numerical modelling of embankments on soft soils and the comparison between computational results and in situ measurements”, Ph.Mestat, Bulletin des Lab. Des Ponts et Chaussees, 5-6 2001, Ref-4376, pp.45-60. 9)“Slope stability analysis using F.E. Techniques”, C.C.Swn and Y.K.Seo, 13th Iowa ASCE Geotech, Conf. 12 March 1999, Williamburg, Iowa. 10)“The volume effect on apparent friction for Long-Runout rock avalanches; a new hypothesis”, Bishop, K.M, in Geological Society of America, Cordilleran Section 97th annual meeting, Vol.33, p.79, 2001. 11)“Numerical simulation of debris flow”, Chen H., Lee C.F, Canadian Geotechnical Journal, Vol. 37, pp.146-160, 2000. 12)“Numerical modelling of large landslide stability and runout”, Crosta G.B, Imposimato S., Roddeman D.G, Natural Hazards and Earth System Sciences, Vol 3, pp.523-538, 2003. 13)“A model for the analysis of rapid landslide motion across three-dimensional terrain”, McDougall S., Hungr O., Canadian Geotechnical Journal, Vol. 41(12), pp.1084-1097, 2004. 14)«Τεχνικές προδιαγραφές φραγµάτων», Υ.ΠΕ.ΧΩ.∆.Ε, 2004. 15)“Geotechnical engineering of embankment dams”, R.Fell, P.MacGregor, D.Stapledon, A.A. Balkema Publishers, 1992. 16)“Design of small dams”, U.S Dep. Of the Interior, A Water Resources Technical Publication, 3rd Edition, 1987. 17)“Instrumentation of embankment dams and levees”, U.S. Army Corps of Eng., Eng. Manual 1110-2-1908, 1995. 18)“Design and construction of levees”, U.S. Army Corps of Eng., Eng. Manual 1110-2-1913, 2000. 19)“Stability of earth and rock-fill dams”, U.S. Army Corps of Eng., Eng. Manual 1110-2-1902, 1970. 20)“Construction control for earth and rock-fill dams”, U.S. Army Corps of Eng., Eng. Manual 1110-2-1911, 1995. 21)«Ειδικά γεωτεχνικά έργα: Γεωτεχνική φραγµάτων», Εποπτικό υλικό διαλέξεων Αν. Καθηγητή Ε.Μ.Π. Μ.Καββαδά, 2005. (in greek) 22)«Πραγµατική διαπερατότητα – Υδραυλική αγωγιµότητα», Σχολή Μηχανικών Μεταλλείων Μεταλλουργών, Τοµέας Γεωλογικών Επιστηµών, Ε.Μ.Π. (in Greek)
222
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight): Teaching
30%
Seminars
Demonstrations
20%
Laboratory
Exercises
30%
Visits at facilities
20%
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral % Homework
20%
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
80%
Other (describe): …………………………
223
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Computational Geotechnical Engineering
Course code: CE08_G07
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 8o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Familiarization and implementation of numerical methods in solving geotechnical engineering problems. Comparison to the results derived using conventional methods of limit equilibrium. Comprehension and implementation of fundamental simulation principles. Prerequisites:
Mechanics I, II & III Soil Mechanics I & II Foundations & Retaining Structures
Instructor’s data: Name: Emilios Comodromos
Level: Associate Professor Office: 218
Tel. – Site: +30 24210 74143, ecomo.users.uth.gr Other tutors:
224
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Approximation of the continuum problem by a discrete system.
4
2 The notion of master elements. Correspondence and transformation between real and master elements.
4 4
3 Formation of shape and interpolation functions of master elements.
4 5
4 Definition of stiffness matrix of a uniform isotropic body.
4 4
5 Conversion of general loading to nodal loads. 4 2
6 Establishment of stress field– initial stress condition.
4 4
7 Fundamental principles of discretization and simulation of typical geotechnical problems.
4 4
8 Geometrical and loading precondition for the reduction from 3D condition to 2D strain or axisymmetric condition.
4 2
9 Applications in Geomechanics – Linear elasticity assumption.
4 4
10 Constitutive equations of elastic isotropic materials.
4 4
11 Examples of shallow foundations, retaining walls, embankments.
4 6
12 Examples of slope stability, tunnels, steady-stage seepage.
4 2
13 Limits and conditions in applying linear elastic analysis.
4 2
14 Short introduction to simulating problems with post-elastic behaviour.
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 16
Suggested literature:
Bathe, K.J. and Wilson, E.L. (1976). Numerical Methods in Finite Element
225
Analysis. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.
Chen, W.F. (1982). Plasticity in Reinforced Concrete. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, N.Y., 474 pp.
Chen, W.F, & Baladi,G.Y. (1986). Soil Plasticity- Theory and Implementation. Elsevier Science Publishing Company, Inc. NY.
Comodromos, Μ.Α. (2003). Numerical methods in geomechanics – Linear – Non linear analysis. Ziti ed., Thessaloniki (in Greek).
Comodromos, Μ.Α. (2009). Numerical methods in geomechanics – Soil-Structures Interaction. Klidarithmos ed., Athens (in Greek).
Desai, C.S. and Abel, F.J. (1972). Introduction to the Finite Element Method. A Numerical Method for Engineering Analysis. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company -N.Y.
Desai, C.S. (1977). Soil-Structure Interaction and Simulation Problems. In Finite Element in Geomechanics. ed. Gudehus G., John Wiley & Sons, pp. 209-250.
Desai, C.S. & Christian, J.T. (1977). Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering.
NAFEMS (1992). Introduction to nonlinear finite element analysis. Glasgow: NAFEMS (edited by E. Hinton).
Oden, J.T. (1972). Finite Elements of Continua. McGraw-Hill Co., N.Y.
Owen, D.R.J. & Hinton, E., (1980). Finite Elements in Plasticity: Theory and Practice.
Salencon, J. (1974). Théorie de la Plasticité pour les Applications à la Mécanique des Sols. Edit. Eyrolles, Paris.
Schofield, A.N. & Wroth, C.P. (1968). Critical-State Soil Mechanics. McGraw-Hill Book Co., London.
Smith, I. M. & Griffiths, D. V. (1988). Programming the finite element method. 2nd edition, New York, John Wiley & sons Ltd.
Zienkiewicz, O.C., (1977). The Finite Element Method. 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 60%
Seminars 5%
Demonstrations 5%
Laboratory ……….%
226
Exercises 30%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select) - weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
227
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: RAILWAY ENGINEERING
Course code: CE08_T05
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 8th Hours per week: 4 hours
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
• The role of Railways. Past - Present – Future
• "Wheel - Rail" System Parameters
• Line and Rolling Stock Behaviour
• Basic Elements of Railway Superstructure and Infrastructure Design
• Faults
• Civil Engineering Works. Crossings, Electrification, Signalling
• Elements of Railway Network Exploitation
• Functional Aspects of Railway Networks - Restrictions
• Railway Applications
• Advanced Railway Applications (High Speed Trains, Magnetic Levitation, Automation and Safety Subjects, Automatic Vehicle Location)
Prerequisites:
1. Elements of Structural Analysis 2. Elements of Soil Mechanics 3. Elements of Road Constuction Engineering
Instructor’s data:
Name: Level: Office:
Tel. – email: Other tutors:
228
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Railway and its capabilities.
4 1
2 Railway guidance principles. Power vehicles, diesel and electric traction.
4 1
3 Mechanical behaviour of track.
4 1
4-5 Mechanical behaviour of track.
4 1
6 Track layout. Railroad alignment and geometric design.
4 1
7 Switches and crossings 4 1
8 Rolling stock.
4 1
9 High speed tracks and trains.
4 1
10 Civil and electrical engineering works. Environmental impacts.
4 1
11 Urban and suburban railway transport systems.
4 1
12-13-14 Railway network exploitation.
4 1-1-1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
20
Suggested literature:
• Pyrgidis, "Design and Construction of Railway Infrastructure", Thessaloniki, 2003, (in Greek)
• Giannakos, "Actions on Railway Tracks", Athens, 2002, (in Greek)
• Profyllidis, " Railway Engineering", Vol. 1 and 2, Thessaloniki, 1993, (in Greek)
229
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
…70….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
…20….%
Visits at facilities
…10….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
10 10
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
230
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: TRANSPORT SYSTEMS
Course code: CE08_T06
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 8ο Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): The course treats issues relative to the organization, management and control of the
transport networks, modes and infrastructures with focus on the cargo and freight transport.
The course objective is learning and understanding the basic concepts and knowledge
needed in transport strategy and planning for the application of a system engineering
approach. The role of each transport mode (road, rail, air, sea, inland maritime) is examined
in the framework of an intermodal, integrated and combined transport system. With the
support of paradigms and case studies the scientific methods and the new technologies,
which are necessary for the good organization, coordination and the management of all the
factors (human, vehicle, infrastructure, goods) interfering with the logistics, the supply
chain and the freight distribution, are demonstrated.
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: Apostolos Papagiannakis
Level: Lecturer Office:
Tel. – email: [email protected] Other tutors:
231
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to transport systems and networks
4 1
2 Road, rail, air, sea, inland maritime and pipeline transport modes characteristics
4 1
3 Transport systems analysis and engineering 4 1
4 Intermodal transport and load unitization 4 1
5 Transport systems organizations and operators in national and international level
4 1
6 Competition issues of the freight transport market in Greece
4 1
7 Freight transport policy in European Union 4 1
8 Intelligent transport systems 4 1
9 Organization and management of freight terminals
4 1
10 Warehouse planning 4 1
11 Basic business logistics and supply chain management
4 1
12 Operation research applications in freight transport
4 2
13 Transport Systems Accessibility for People with Disabilities
4 1
14 Class projects final seminar 4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
16
Suggested literature:
• “Transport systems”, Aristotelis Naniopoulos, Transport Division, Civil Engineering Department, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki Edition, 2003
• “Introduction to Transportation Systems”, Norwood, MA: Artech House Publishers, Joseph M. Sussman, 2000
• "Business Logistics Management", Ronald H. Ballou, Prentice Hall, 4th edition, 1999
232
• "Transportation", John J. Coyle, Edward J. Bardi, Robert A. Novack, South-Western, 5th Edition, 2000
• “Intelligent Transportation Systems Architectures”, Bob McQueen, Judy McQueen, Artech House, 2003
• Combined freight transport and load unitization, Ambakoumkin K., Symmetria Edition, 1990
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching Use of visual education materials and multimedia supports (PowerPoint presentation, photos, videos). Demonstration of case studies
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations Demonstration of selected software for the solution of operation research problems in freight transport (ex routing)
20 %
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises Drill exercises and applications in logistics planning problems (ex location problem)
10 %
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
30%
233
Interim examination
Final examinations
60%
Other (describe): Critical analysis, research and presentation of scientific paper
10%
234
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: TRAFFIC FLOW IMPROVEMENT & ENVIRONMENTAL FRIENDLY TRANSPORTATION MEAN
Course code: CE08_T07
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 8th Hours per
week: 4 hours
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Traffic flow improvement, Signaling improvement, One – way roads, Road traffic direction reversal, Elimination of turning movements. Parking areas administration, Vehicle traffic limitations, Reduction of movements during rush – hours. New technologies. Basic principles of traffic control with emphasis on Public means of transportation and other environmental friendly transportation
means. Bicycle lanes & traffic design, Pedestrian circulation, Parking.
Transportation Design, Road Design I & II , Transportation
Techniques Instructor’s data:
Name: Konstantinos VOGIATZIS
Level: Ass Professor Office: 1st floor Civil Eng. Building Tel. – email: 24210-74170 [email protected]
Other tutors: -
235
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 TRAFFIC FLOW IMPROVEMENT -
GENERAL
4 2
2 SIGNALING IMPROVEMENT –ELIMINATION OF TURNING MOVEMENTS
4 2
3 ONE – WAY ROADS, TRAFFIC
DIRECTION REVERSAL, AVOIDANCE OF
PARKING ON THE STREET.
4 2
4 CLASSIFICATION OF CYCLING LANES – MODELS & EFFECTS ON TRAFFIC CAPACITY
4 2
5 INTEGRATION OF BICYCLE LANES ON URBAN SPACES.
4 1
6 DESIGN OF BICYCLE LANES CROSS
ROADS.
4 1
7 DESIGN OF PARKING AREAS &
IMPROVEMENT OF BICYCLE
CIRCULATION
4 1
8 EFFECTS OF BICYCLES ON TRAFFIC
CAPACITY
4 1
9 PRIORITIZATION OF MASSIVE
TRANSPORTATION MEANS
CIRCULATION
4 1
10 SPECIAL TRAFFIC LANES
PREFERENTIAL ENTRY ON MOTORWAYS
4 1
11 TOLL POLICY - MULTIPLE TAXI LEASING 4 1
12 PEDESTRIAN CIRCULATION 4 1
13 FLOW - DENSITY – PEDESTRIAN SPEED 4 1
14 GENERAL – PARKING POLICY &
PARKING RATES OFFER LIMITATION -
MODAL SPLIT TRANSFER TO
ALTERNATIVE MEDIA
4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
4 hours 4 hours Possibly 1 day depending actual circumstances
236
Suggested literature:
«∆ιαχείριση κυκλοφορίας» Ι.Μ.Φραντζεσκάκης, Μ.Χ.Πιτσιάβα-Λατινοούλου, ∆.Α. Τσαµούλας – Εκδόσεις Παασωτηρίου 1997 ΙSBN 960-7510-50-X
«∆ηµόσιες Αστικές Συγκοινωνίες – Τόµος 1 : Λεωφορειακές Συγκοινωνίες» Γ.Α.Γιαννόουλος, Εκδόσεις Παρατηρητής Θεσ/νική 1994
Ι.Μ.Φραντζεσκάκη και Γ.Α.Γιαννοούλου «Σχεδιασµός των Μεταφορών και Κυκλοφοριακή Τεχνική»
«Highway Capacity Manual» Transportation Research Board, Special Report 209, Washington, DC, 1985.
«Σχεδιασµός των Μεταφορών και Κυκλοφοριακή Τεχνική,. Τόµος 1ος . Βασικές έννοιες, Κόµβοι, Κυκλοφοριακή Ικανότητα, Σήµανση, Σηµατοδότηση, Μετρήσεις». Ι.Μ.Φρατζεσκάκης. – Γ.Γιαννόουλος . Γ’ έκδοση, Παρατηρητής 1986.
Κ. Βογιατζής, Το ∆ίκυκλο στο Αστικό Περιβάλλον, Ερευνητικό ρόγραµµα ου χρηµατοδοτήθηκε αό το Συµβούλιο Ερευνών του Ε.Μ.Π. Αθήνα, Σετέµβριος 1981, Κ. Βογιατζής, Les deux roues legers dans la ville: Centre de recherches et de rencontres d'urbanisme, (C.R.R.U.) Παρίσι, Γαλλία, Ιούνιος 1981,
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
60%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
...............%
Exercises
30.%
Visits at facilities
10%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
237
Other (describe): …………………………
238
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: «ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDIES AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANGMENT OF ROAD TRANSPORT INTRAFRACTURE»
Course code: CE08_T08
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 8Ο Hours per week:
4 hours
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Institutional framework for the protection of the environment in Greece – Stages of Preliminary and Final environmental impact assessment studies execution of road transport infrastructure systems. Basic units of road construction environmental impacts. Organization of issues to be accessed within an EIA for road projects, Responsible institutions & authorities. Land uses, Road Traffic Noise and Vibrations. Metrology & Prediction Models. Atmospheric pollution: Basic air pollutants – Dispersion Models. Aesthetic pollution & integration of road transportation projects to the natural & human landscape. Anti-pollution measures & Environmental Monitoring Programs. Prerequisites:
Environmental Techniques , Road design I & II, Environmental Législation Instructor’s data:
Name: Konstantinos VOGIATZIS Level: Ass Professor
Office: 1st floor Civil Eng. Building Tel. – email: 24210-74170 [email protected]
Other tutors: Konstantinos VOGIATZIS
239
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
INSTITUTIONAL FRAMEWORK FOR THE PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT IN GREECE
4
2
2 EXECUTION STAGES FOR PRELIMINARY AND FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDIES FOR ROAD TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS.
4 2
3 BASIC EVALUATION SECTIONS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT & IMPACTS FOR ROAD TRANSPORTATION PROJECTS.
4 2
4 LAND USES – NATURAL & HUMAN ECOSYSTEMS
4 2
5 SPATIAL ROAD DESIGN & IMPACTS TO GEO-LANDASCAPE
4 2
6 ROAD TRAFFIC NOISE & VIBRATIONS 4 2
7 MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION OF CONTINUOUS NOISE LEVEL FROM ROAD OPERATION
4 2
8 METHODS OF ROAD TRAFFIC NOISE PREDICTION & EVALUATION (CONSTRUCTION – OPERATION PHASES)
4 2
9 ANTI – NOISE BARRIERS 4 1
10 ROAD TRAFFIC NOISE MONITORING & CONTROL : THEMONITORING SYSTEM OF ATTIKI ODOS
4 1
11 ATMOSPHERIC POLLUTION – AIR POLLUTANTS FROM ROAD TRAFFIC
4 1
12 EMISSION, POLLUTION CONCETRATION, OF POLLUTANTS - POLLUTION DISPERSION & PARAMETERS OF DIFFUSION
4 1
13 IMPACT ASSESSMENT ON THE QUALITY OF THE ATMOSPHERIC ENVIRONMENT : CONSTRUCTION & OPERATION PHASES POLLUTANTS EMISSIONS
4 1
14 AESTHETIC INTRUSION – PROJECT’S INTEGRATION TO THE NATURAM * HUMAN LANDSCAPE
4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
240
12
Suggested literature:
STUDY RELATED TO THE PREPARATION OF A COMMUNICATION ON A FUTURE EC NOISE
POLICY, LEN Report 9420, INRETS, Lyon, Οκτώβριος 1994
Ο ΑΣΤΙΚΟΣ ΘΟΡΥΒΟΣ ΚΑΙ Ο ΧΩΡΟΤΑΞΙΚΟΣ ΣΧΕ∆ΙΑΣΜΟΣ. Έκθεση Επιστηµονικού Συνεδρίου
Τεχνικά Χρονικά Τόµος 9 τεύχος 3 Ιούλιος-Σεπτέµβριος 1989.
Ο ΘΟΡΥΒΟΣ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ Ο∆ΙΚΗ ΚΥΚΛΟΦΟΡΙΑ ΣΤΟ ΥΠΕΡΑΣΤΙΚΟ ∆ΙΚΤΥΟ ΚΑΙ ΓΕΝΙΚΑ ΜΕΤΡΑ
ΑΝΤΙΘΟΡΥΒΙΚΗΣ ΠΡΟΣΤΑΣΙΑΣ Ελληνικοί Αυτοκινητόδροµοι, Χρόνος 3ος, Τεύχος 8-9 Αθήνα,
1987.THE IMPACT OF ROAD TRAFFIC ON THE ENVIRONMENT IN GREATER ATHENS:
Επίσηµη συµµετοχή της Ελλάδας στην CONFERENCE HEALTH IN TOWNS (CONSEIL DE
L'EUROPE DIRECTORATE OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES URBAN
RENAISSANCE IN EUROPE STUDY SERIES 31) Στρασβούργο, Γαλλία, ∆εκέµβριος 1986.
Ο ΘΟΡΥΒΟΣ - ΚΕΦ. 1, ΤΟ ΜΕΛΛΟΝ ΤΟΥ ΑΣΤΙΚΟΥ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΟΣ, ΤΟ ΑΣΤΙΚΟ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝ,
ΑΣΤΙΚΗ ΡΥΠΑΝΣΗ - ΠΡΑΣΙΝΟ ΒΙΒΛΙΟ ΓΙΑ ΤΟ ΑΣΤΙΚΟ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝ (Επιτροπή Ευρωπαϊκών
Κοινοτήτων 1990)
ΣΤΟΧΟΙ ΓΙΑ ΤΗ ΒΕΛΤΙΩΣΗ ΤΟΥ ΑΣΤΙΚΟΥ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝΤΟΣ- ΚΕΦ. 2, ΠΡΟΣ ΜΙΑ ΚΟΙΝΟΤΙΚΗ
ΣΤΡΑΤΗΓΙΚΗ ΓΙΑ ΤΟ ΑΣΤΙΚΟ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝ - ΠΡΑΣΙΝΟ ΒΙΒΛΙΟ ΓΙΑ ΤΟ ΑΣΤΙΚΟ ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝ
(Επιτροπή Ευρωπαϊκών Κοινοτήτων 1990)
∆ρ.Κ. Βογιατζής – ΣΣΕ & ΠΕΡΙΒΑΛΛΟΝ ΕΠΕ «Ειδική οριστική µελέτη αντιθορυβικής προστασίας :
ΠΡΟΤΑΣΗ ΕΠΙΛΟΓΗΣ ΘΕΣΕΩΝ ΣΥΣΤΗΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΑΡΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΗΣΗΣ & ΤΕΧΝΙΚΕΣ
ΠΡΟ∆ΙΑΓΡΑΦΕΣ-ΠΡΟΓΡΑΜΜΑ ΕΤΗΣΙΩΝ ΗΧΟΜΕΤΡΗΣΕΩΝ» ΑΤΤΙΚΗ Ο∆ΟΣ Α.Ε. -
FD/32/ED/008/Εκδοση 1 - 20/07/2000
Υ.Α.υπ.ΠΕΧΩ∆Ε 17252/19.6.1992/ΦΕΚ 395/Β/92 : «Καθορισµός δεικτών και ανωτάτων
επιτρεπόµενων ορίων θορύβου που προέρχεται από την κυκλοφορία σε οδικά και συγκοινωνιακά
έργα»
Οδηγία 2002/49/ΕΚ του Ευρωπαϊκού Κοινοβουλίου & του Συµβουλίου της 25/06/02
PIARC, “Surface Characteristics”, Report C1, Permanent International Association of Road
Congress, 1995.
COST, “Long - Term Performance of Road Pavements”, Preliminary Report, Action 324 of the
European Community, 1997.
PIARC, “Surface Characteristics”, Report C1, Permanent International Association of Road
Congress, 1987.
ASTM, “Road and Paving Materials; Vehicle Pavement Systems”, Annual Book of ASTM
Standards, Vol. 04.03, 1997.
ΚΡΙΤΗΡΙΑ ∆ΟΝΗΣΕΩΝ ΓΙΑ ΤΗΝ ΠΡΟΣΤΑΣΙΑ ΚΤΙΡΙΩΝ & ΤΗΝ ΑΠΟΦΥΓΗ ΟΧΛΗΣΕΩΝ ΣΕ
ΚΑΤΟΙΚΟΥΣ ΑΠΟ ΤΗΝ ΚΑΤΑΣΚΕΥΗ ΣΥΓΚΟΙΝΩΝΙΑΚΩΝ ΕΡΓΩΝ ΣΤΑΘΕΡΗΣ ΤΡΟΧΙΑΣ ∆ρ. Κων/νος
ΒΟΓΙΑΤΖΗΣ, Χαράλαµπος ΜΟΥΖΑΚΗΣ - ΕΤ&Τ Σύµβουλοι Μηχανικοί Ε.Π.Ε.
Εvaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings (1Hz to 80 Hz), British Standard 6472 :
1992
ΕΓΧΕΙΡΙ∆ΙΟ ΑΤΜΟΣΦΑΙΡΙΚΗΣ ∆ΙΑΧΥΣΗΣ, Technical Information center – U.S, Department of
Energy 1982, Απόδοση στα Ελληνικά Γ.Μπεργελές
241
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
30%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
40%
Exercises
20%
Visits at facilities
10%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
15
Class project
75
Interim examination
Final examinations
20
Other (describe): …………………………
242
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Water Resources Management
Course code: CE08_H05
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: G Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The students learn how to design water resources management projects, to calculate a water volumetric budget, to design water resources management plans at basin level. Prerequisites:
• Hydraulics • Groundwater Hydraulics • Water supply systems • Hydrology
Instructor’s data:
Name: Nikitas Mylopoulos Level: Assistant Professor Office: 114
Tel. – email: 24210 74162 [email protected] Other tutors:
243
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction – The water resources crisis 4 1
2 Water scarcity: Overview and analysis of the phenomenon
4 1
3 Water Demand Management. Cost accounting and pricing
4 1
4 Introduction to the design and analysis of water resources systems. Analysis methods. Objectives for water resources design.
4 1
5 Design models. Decision models, The Decision
Analysis Method
4 1
6 Optimisation methods. Linear Programming 4 1
7 Optimisation methods. Integer Programming 4 2
8 Optimisation methods. Dynamic Programming 4 2
9 Optimisation methods. Non Linear Programming.
4 2
10 Probabilistic approach, stochastic simulation
and time series.
4 2
11 Conjunctive use of surface and groundwater
resources.
4 2
12 Optimisation methods software. 4 2
13 Application for an integrated management
study at the level of the hydrologic basin
4 2
14 Application for an integrated management
study at the level of the hydrologic basin
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
5 3 4
Suggested literature: 4. N. Mylopoulos, “Water Resources Management”, University of Thessaly 5. D. Tolikas, “System analysis”, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki
244
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Lectures covering the theoretical part of the course
50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Solving of exercises – practical applications
50%
Visits at facilities
Municipal water authorities – Reservoirs – Work site of pipe placing
%
Other (describe): 1. Students make a
presentation on a modern water crisis problem based on internet data
2. Students solve an optimization project. Lecturer corrects the project giving advice concerning the proper way of designing
beyond teaching hours
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
20
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
245
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: River managment
Course code: CE08_H06
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate X Graduate Course type: Mandatory X Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation X Semester: 8th Hours per week: 4 hours
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course objective is to familiarize the students with the hydraulic computation, the design and the construction of hydraulic works in rivers.
Prerequisites:
Fluid mechanics Hydraulics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Evagelia Farsirotou Level:
Office: Tel. – email: 6997011281 – [email protected]
Other tutors:
246
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction - Study of river basin– empirical model of soil loss.
4 1
2 Study of hydrologic analysis. 4 1
3 River water quality. 4 1
4 River water use. 4 1
5 River mechanics. 4 1
6 Sediment transport in rivers. 4 1
7 Empirical equations of bed load simulation. 4 1
8 Empirical equations of suspended load simulation.
4 1
9 Empirical equations of total load simulation. 4 2
10 Numerical simulation of river flow and sediment transport.
4 2
11 Measurements of different river parameters. 4 2
12 Design of hydraulic works in rivers. 4 2
13 Construction materials of hydraulic works. 4 2
14 Study of control structures and sediment transport management works.
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
14
Suggested literature:
1. Vassilios D. Dermissis, ¨ Introduction to river mechanics¨, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Thessaloniki 2000.
2. C. R. Thorne, Sediment transport in gravel-bed rivers, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 1987.
3. Andre Robert, River Processes, Hodder Education, 2003.
247
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
…50…….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……50….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework X 2%
Class project
X
70%
Interim examination
Final examinations
X
28%
Other (describe): …………………………
248
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Stochastic Hydrology
Course code: CE08_H07
Credits: 3
Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 8th Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Scope of the course is the introduction and the understanding of hydrological models of surface hydrology and the hydrological simulation and forecasting, methods of stochastic hydrology and stochastic processes in hydrology, analysis and simulation of hydrological timeseries, analysis and simulation of extreme hydrological design values and the understanding of the processes of snow hydrology and drought. This course strengthens students’ technical and intellectual competency, preparing them for engineering employment or advanced study. The course exposes students to methodologies of deterministic and stochastic hydrologic simulation and the methodologies of computation of hydrologic design values, which are used in modern professional civil engineering practice. Upon completion of the course, students should be able to demonstrate: Knowledge and understanding of the natural processes of snow hydrology Knowledge and understanding of natural processes of drought Ability to apply deterministic models for the hydrologic simulation and
design Ability to estimate the spatial distribution of hydrological and
hydrometerological data with deterministic, geostatistical, combinational and hybrid methodologies
Ability to apply methodologies and models for the analysis and simulation of hydrological timeseries
Ability to apply methodologies of hydrological forecasting Ability to apply methods and techniques of regional analysis for the
hydrological design with limited or without data Ability to compute extreme hydrological values for the design of safety
hydraulic works
Prerequisites:
Hydrology, Probability - Statistics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Athanasios Loukas Level: Associate Professor Office:
Tel. – email: +30-2421074168 – [email protected] Other tutors:
249
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction. Mathematical models of rain-runoff. Classification of models. Presentation of hydrological models.
4
2
Presentation and application of hydrological models. Calibration of parametric deterministic hydrological models. Trial-and-Error and automatic calibration and validation of hydrological models.
4
3
Systems of hydrological simulation of large river basins. Hydrological and hydraulic methods of flow routing. Coupling of hydrological models with flow routing models.
4
4
Analysis of hydrological timeseries. Structure and characteristics of hydrological timeseries. Deterministic and stochastic components of timeseries.
Methods of timeseries analysis. Methods of timeseries stationarity.
4
5
Stochastic models of timeseries. Stochastic models of one variable. Autoregressive model AR(q). Moving average model MA(q). Combined models (autoregressive moving average) ARMA (p,q). Models of periodic timeseries.
4
6 Stochastic models of two variables.
Model of the noise transfer function. Kalman filter. Markov chains.
4
7
Hydrological forecasting. Short term and long term forecasting. Deterministic and stochastic forecasting. Nowcasting.
4
8
Statistical analysis of extreme hydrological values. Partial Duration or Peaks over Thershold analysis of hydrological values.
4
9 Hydrological drought. Probabilistic
analysis of minimum values. 4
250
Regional statistical analysis of extreme hydrological values.
Estimation of hydrological values with limited or without data.
10
Estimation of spatial distribution of hydrometeorological data. Deterministic (trend surfaces, regression, inverse distance weighting, splines) and geostatistical methods (ordinary and universal kriging)
4
11
Estimation of spatial distribution of hydrometeorological data. Geostatistical and combinational methods (resi-dual geostatistics και residual inverse distance weighting).
4
12
Definition of Probable Maximum Precipitation (PMP) and Probable Maximum Flood (PMF). Estimation methods.
4
13 Snow hydrology. Snow energy
balance. Natural processes of snow runoff.
4
14
Drought. Definitions and types of drought. Point and areal drought. Methods of drought indices determination.
4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
34
Suggested literature:
Μ. Α. Mimikou «Water Resources Technology», Papasotiriou, 1994 (in Greek)
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
80%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
251
Exercises
20%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
80
20
Interim examination
Final examinations
Other (describe): …………………………
252
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Mathematical simulation of pollution
Course code: CE08_H08
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate ∴ Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective ∴ Course category: Basic Orientation ∴
Semester: 8th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course aims at describing how it is possible to develop and solve mathematical models for a wide spectrum of chemical pollutants. Emphasis is given on natural waters. Students understand mathematical models and the concept of mathematical simulation of environmental systems. The course objective is to enable students to create their own models with mass balance equations and to develop an understanding relative to the various scientific environmental areas, such as ecology, chemistry, hydrology, geochemistry, microbiology, toxicology and physics. Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: Chrysi Laspidou Level: Adjunct Assistant Professor
Office: +30 24210 74147 Tel. – email: [email protected]
Other tutors:
253
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to environmental modeling 4 1
2 Transport phenomena: convection, diffusion-dispersion
4 1
3 Transport phenomena: compartmentalization, sediment transport
4 1
4 Transport phenomena: Dispersion in a lake, simple transport modeling
4 1
5 Chemical reaction kinetics 4 1
6 Chemical equilibrium modeling: equilibrium principles, solution by numerical techniques
4 1
7 Chemical equilibrium modeling: surface complexation and adsorption
4 1
8 Sedimentation-dissolution in equilibrium modeling, redox equations
4 2
9 Eutrophication in lakes 4 2
10 Pollutants in rivers: introduction, mass transfer equation
4 2
11 Pollutants in rivers: Streeter-Phelps equation, pollutant load distribution
4 2
12 Toxic organic compounds: nomenclature, organic reactions
4 2
13 Toxic organic compounds: organics in lakes, rivers and estuaries
4 2
14 Mathematical modeling of metals 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 10
Suggested literature:
Schnoor, J.L., Environmental Modeling: Fate of Chemicals in Water, Air and Soil, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1996.
254
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
30%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
∴
Other (describe): …………………………
255
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Aquatic Chemistry in Natural Waters
Course code: CE08_H09
Credits: 3 Work load (hours):
90
Course level: Undergraduate ∴ Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective ∴ Course category: Basic Orientation ∴ Semester: 8th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course covers the basic principles of aquatic chemistry and provides the necessary—from an environmental point of view—knowledge of how the chemical composition of natural waters varies, in order to not only define their quality for some use, but also in order to comprehend many of the natural and artificial processes that involve the aquatic phase. Since many of the water quality criteria concern dissolved chemical species, the mechanisms of chemical species integration in the water phase are examined. Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data:
Name: Chrysi Laspidou Level: Adjunct Assistant Professor
Office: +30 24210 74147 Tel. – email: [email protected]
Other tutors:
256
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction: principles of inorganic chemistry, chemical species, molecular weights, red-ox reactions, gram-equivalents
4 1
2 Introduction: properties of water, composition of several types of water, methods of expressing concentration
4 1
3 Chemical kinetics: rates, reaction orders, reaction mechanisms, catalysis
4 1
4 Chemical equilibrium: thermodynamic basics, equilibrium constant calculation
4 1
5 Problems on the material covered in weeks 1 to 4.
4 1
6 Acid base chemistry: Definition of terms, introduction, reaction rates
4 1
7 Acid-base chemistry: Equilibrium calculations, mass balances, proton condition
4 1
8 Acid-base chemistry: Graphical procedure for equilibrium calculations, pC-pH diagrams
4 2
9 Acid-base chemistry: several cases-combinations of strong/weak acid and strong/weak base
4 2
10 Problems on the material covered in weeks 6 to 9.
4 2
11 Complexation chemistry: Equilibrium constants, distribution diagrams
4 2
12 Precipitation-dissolution: Kinetics calculations, Equilibrium calculations
4 2
13 Precipitation-dissolution: Solubility of salts, common ion effect, carbonate solubility
4 2
14 Problems on the material covered in weeks 11 to 13.
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
13
Suggested literature: Water Chemistry, by V.L. Snoeyink and D. Jenkins, J. Wiley & Sons
257
Aquatic Chemistry: An Introduction Emphasizing Chemical Equilibria in Natural Waters, by W. Stumm and J.J. Morgan, J. Wiley & Sons Other books in Greek
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
60%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
40%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: Written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
∴
100
Other (describe): …………………………
258
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Environmental Planning of Large-Scale Constructions
Course code: CE09_U01
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 9o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Determination of sustainable management criteria for large-scale constructions Environmental Impact Assessment Techniques Suggestion of protection and restoration measures/actions/interventions Knowledge of how to elaborate an integrated Study related to the above Prerequisites:
- Environmental Engineering - Large Sale construction techniques
Instructor’s data:
Name: Kanakoudis Vasilis Level: Lecturer
Office: Tel. – email: 0030 24210 74156,
Other tutors:
259
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to the Sustainable and the Worth living development
4 2
2 Environmental Legislation (at National and at EU level) National legislation for the elaboration of Studies regarding the Environmental Impact Assessment - Protection/Prevention
4 2
3 Determination of Environmental Impacts related to large-scale construction projects
4 4
4 Categorization of large-scale construction projects based on the significance of their impacts to the environment
4 4
5-6 Environmental Impact Assessment Study - Methodology
8 4
7-10 Case Studies – Examples – Best Practices (Wastewater Treatment Plants, Dams, Landfill Sites, Transportation projects, Urban Planning)
12 6
11-13 Introduction to the Eco Management Audit Scheme (EMAS) Analysis, Planning, Development, Applications.
12 6
14 Energy Conservation – Renewable Energy Sources (solar energy, windmills, Hydropower plants, recycle-reuse techniques)
4 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
40 3 24
Suggested literature:
• Larry Canter “Environmental Impact Assessment” Mc Graw Hill 2th Edition 1997
• Alan Gilpin “Environmental Impact Assessment-Cutting the edge for the 21st century”
• Βαβίζου – Μερτζέµη «Περιβάλλον – Μελέτες Περιβαλλοντικών Ειτώσεων» Εκδόσεις Παασωτηρίου 2002 (in Greek)
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 50%
260
Seminars 25%
Demonstrations 25%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises ……….%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project 50% 50%
Interim examination
Final examinations 50% 50%
Other (describe): …………………………
261
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
Course code: CE09_U02
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9Ο Hours per week: 5
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The object of the course is to develop basic principles of project management, basic economic concepts, methods to evaluation the return of the investments, methods to calculate the liquidations and the optimum time for the equipments replacement. Also the students learn to calculate the time scheduling of the project, the method GANT, the curve S, the balance lines, the method CPM, the method PERT, the method MPM. Also part of the course is the cost – time and resource optimization in a project. Finally the construction’s safety is another part of the course.
Prerequisites:
• Structures Machines
• Statistic
• Mathematics Instructor’s data: Name: EVANGELOS K. CHRISTAKOS
Level: TEMPORARY LECTURER Office:
Tel. – email: 24210/74175, [email protected] Other tutors:
262
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Basic Principles of Project Management 5 2
2 Basic Economic Concepts 5 2
3 Methods to Evaluation the Return of the Investments (THEORY)
5 2
4 Methods to Evaluation the Return of the Investments (EXERCISES)
5 2
5 Methods to Calculate the Liquidations and the Optimum time For the Equipments Replacement
5 2
6 Time Project Scheduling , the method GANT, the Balance lines, the Cost of the Project, the curve S
5 2
7 Time Project Scheduling , the Method CPM (THEORY)
5 4
9 Time Project Scheduling , the Method CPM (EXERCISES)
5 4
10 Time Project Scheduling , the Method PERT
5 4
11 Time Project Scheduling , the Method MPM 5 4
12 Cost – Time and Resource Optimization in a Project
5 4
13 Construction’s Problems, the safety of the constructions
5 4
14 Construction’s Problems, the safety of the constructions
5 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
40
Suggested literature:
• Polizos S. «Project Management (Part I), Volos
• Polizos S. «Project Management (Part II), Volos
• Efremidis C. «Construction Management », Athens
• Burke R. «Project Management Planning and Control», N. York
• Emiris D. «Project Management, Body of Knowledge» Athens
• Panayiotopoulos N. «The exploit of the structural Machines (Part I)»
263
Thessaloniki
• Chassiakos A. – Korres G. «The Construction’s Economics» Patra
• Chassiakos A.– Theodorakopoulos D. «Time and Economic Scheduling in the Projects» Patra
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
60%
Seminars
10%
Demonstrations
10%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
10%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
264
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Constructions in Civil Engineering
Course code: CE09_U03
Credits: 2 Work load (hours):
56
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9o Hours per week: 2
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
- The course is based on 11-14 invited lectures, once every week of the semester. The Department invites prominent Scientists and Engineers to give a 2-4 hour lectures on technical and scientific subjects that are related to Civil Engineering. Emphasis is given to the underlying basic science. The topics are from the fields of Solid Mechanics, Fluid Mechanics, Dynamics, Materials Science, Geomechanics, Structural Mechanics and Transportation Engineering. However, topics from Mathematics, Physics and Numerical Methods are often included in the program. The lectures are open to all, especially to other departments of the University of Thessaly and to engineers who are members of the Technical Chamber of Greece. Other departments like the Mechanical and the Electrical Engineering organize lectures relevant to those of our department and all departments take advantage of such crossover of topics.
- The students have the opportunity to attend speeches given by distinguished engineers related to the planning and development of all scales of constructions and by distinguished researchers related to topics of the civil engineering science and of relative sciences
- Know-how, experience transfer and acquisition of extra knowledge
Prerequisites:
- The participating students are at their final (5th ) year of their studies and should have a good grasp of the material they learned the previous years.
Instructor’s data: Name: Kanakoudis Vasilis
Level: Lecturer Office:
Tel. – email: 0030 24210 74256, [email protected]
Other tutors:
265
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1-14
Round of speeches given by distinguished engineers related to the planning and development of all scales of constructions and by distinguished researchers related to topics of the civil engineering science and of relative sciences
42 14
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
Suggested literature:
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching ……….%
Seminars 100%
Demonstrations ……….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises ……….%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
Other (describe): Attendance. The students have to prove
100%
266
participation in at least 11 lectures in order to receive credit. There is only pass type of grade. Τhe grade is not counted in the average final grade.
267
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Metal Structures III Course code: CE09_S04 Credits:
6 Work load (hours):
158
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 7th
Hours per week:
4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Through this course all the required knowledge concerning the linearized static stability of structures is gained, with emphasis given on linear structures, which is the basis for further studies on the modern static as well as dynamic nonlinear stability and bifurcation theory. Prerequisites:
Mathematics I, II, III Engineering Mechanics I, II, III Statics I, II, III
Instructor’s data:
Name: Dimitrios Sophianopoulos Level: Assistant Professor Office: 114A
Tel. – email: +30 24210 74145 – [email protected] Other tutors: -
268
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to the Linear Theory of Elastic Stability. Elastic Buckling – buckling mode, mild and violent buckling, stable, unstable and neutral equilibrium, buckling as an instability problem.
4 6
2
Flexural buckling of linear bars. General issues – basic assumptions, Sign convention, Moment – curvature relation, Buckling differential equation (beam under transverse loading and axial compression, beam under axial compression), Solutions of the buckling D.E., Load – displacement relation, Axial tension, Effect of axial loading, Buckling as an eigenvalue problem.
4 6
3
Effect of boundary conditions. General issues, Beams with ordinary supports – examples, Elastically supported axially compressed beam, buckling eigenmodes and mode shapes. Worked examples and exercises. The linear stability problem and its mathematical perspective, buckling as a Sturm-Liouville eigenvalue problem, Stability criterion – stability determinant, Orthogonality condition.
4 6
4
Buckling of simple structural elements. Gerber column partially fixed, orthogonal two-bar frame, Approximate methods (energy methods of Timoshenko and total potential energy, Rayleigh-Ritz method, Galerkin method), orthogonal symmetric three-bar frame, non orthogonal frames. Examples and exercises. The method of calculus of variations.
4 6
5
Simultaneous axial and bending action. General issues, column under transverse loading, superposition principle, fundamental bending moments, behavior of a column with imperfections (initial curvature, loading eccentricity), Effect of initial bending, Worked examples and exercises.
4 6
6 The effect of temperature. Simultaneous effect of temperature change and axial loading, Examples and exercises on the material taught during all previous weeks.
4 6
7
The generalized stiffness method. General issues, Fundamental relations, Orthogonal frame (sway and non-sway), triangular equally sided frame (symmetric and asymmetric buckling).
4 6
8 Exercises and worked examples on the material taught during the 7th week.
4 6
9 Exercises and worked examples on the material taught during the 7th week.
4 6
10
Torsional and lateral-torsional buckling of axially compressed beams. General issues, uniform (St. Venant) torsion, Nonuniform torsion – boundary conditions, Strain energy due to torsion, Torsional buckling – warping constant), Lateral – Torsional buckling (centre of twist, cross-sections with a single symmetry axis, potential energy due to combined bending and torsion)
4 6
269
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
11 Exercises and worked examples on the material taught during the 10th week.
4 6
12
Introduction to the principles of nonlinear theory of elastic stability. Equilibrium paths, critical points, energy theorems, stability and asymptotic stability, total potential and bifurcations, worked examples and discussion. Suggested further reading.
4 6
13 Example of a single degree of freedom system with distinct critical points.
4 6
14 Review examples and exercises. 4 6
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
- 3 15 -
Suggested literature: 1. A.N. Kounadis : Linear Theory of Elastic Stability – 2nd edition, Symeon Publishing, Athens 1997. 2. Ζ. P. Pazant, L. Cedolin : Stability of Structures, Elastic, Inelastic and Damage Theories, Oxford University
Press, NY, 1991. 3. J. Chajes : Principles of Structural Stability Theory, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1974.
4. St. P. Timoshenko, J. M. Gere : Theory of Elastic Stability, McGraw-Hill, NY, 1961.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
40%
Seminars
5%
Demonstrations
5%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
270
Homework
10
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): Active class participation
10
271
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Structural Dynamics II
Course code: CE09_S05
Credits: 5 Work load (hours): 147
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 9th Hours per week:
4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): To combine knowledge from different fields (structural engineering, geotechnical engineering, structural dynamics, engineering seismology, wave propagation, etc.) into earthquake engineering to give the students a strong base for the analysis and design of structural systems to resist seismic excitations. Upon completion of the course, students should be able to demonstrate: Ability to perform a basic deterministic hazard analysis for a particular site,
and be able to follow with ease a probabilistic hazard analysis report for a site.
Ability to obtain design as well as inelastic spectra for a site Ability to evaluate new and existing construction utilizing computational tools
following seismic code provisions. Ability to perform a preliminary seismic retrofit using conventional methods
as well as utilizing seismic isolation and/or energy dissipation systems Prerequisites:
Structural Dynamics I
Instructor’s data: Name: Panos Tsopelas Level: Associate Professor
Office:
Tel. – email: 2421074160 - [email protected] Other tutors:
272
Specific course information:
Week No.
Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Review of Structural Dynamics; Response of elastic SDOF and MDOF systems
Elastic Response Spectra
4 4
2 World History of Earthquake Engineering 4 2
3 Earthquake Resistant Design 4 4
4 Engineering Characterization of
Earthquakes 4 6
5 Seismic Hazard Analysis 4 8
6 Design Spectra and Inelastic Spectra 4 6
7
Seismic Design, Evaluation, and Retrofit of Building Structures Preliminary design and proportioning
of new systems
4 6
8 Seismic Framing Systems in Structural
Steel (Moment resisting Frames, Eccentrically Braced Frames)
4 6
9 Seismic Framing Systems in Structural
Steel (Concentrically Braced Frames, Buckling Restrained Frames)
4 6
10 Evaluation of New and Existing
Construction (PushoverAnalysis). 4 8
11 Conventional Seismic Retrofit of
Buildings Composite Materials for Seismic Retrofit
4 6
12 Sesmic Protective Systems Seismic Isolation
4 6
13 Analysis and Design of Seismic
Isolation Systems 4 4
14 Passive Energy Dissipation Analysis and Design of Passive Energy
Dissipation Systems
4 6
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 10
273
Suggested literature:
Ι.Θ. Κατσικαδέλης ∆υναµική των Κατασκευών Τόµος Ι και Τόµος ΙΙ, Συµµετρία, 2002 (ISBN 960-266-107-0) & 2007(ISBN 978-960-266-106-2)
Anil Chopra, Dynamics of Structures, Prentice Hall, 3rd Edition Additional Suggested Literature
1. Ελληνικος Αντισεισµικός Κανονισµός 200.
2. Bruneau, M., Uang, C-M, and Whittaker, A. S., 1997, Design of Ductile Steel Structures, McGraw-Hill
3. Dowrick, D., 1989, Earthquake Resistant Design, Wiley, New York, NY
4. FEMA, 2000, Prestandard and Commentary for the Seismic Rehabilitation of Buildings, Report No. FEMA 356, Washington, D,C.
5. FEMA 2000, NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic Regulations for New Buildings and Other Structures, Reports No. FEMA 367 (Provisions) and 368 (Commentary), Washington, D,C.
6. ICBO, 2000, International Building Code, International Conference of Building Officials, Whittier, CA
7. Kramer, S., 1996, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, NJ
8. Naeim, F. (ed), 2000, The Seismic Design Handbook, 2nd Edition, Kluwer Academic Publishers
9. Newmark, N. and Rosenblueth, E., 1971, Fundamentals of Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, New York, NY
10. Newmark, N. and Hall, W., 1982, Earthquake Spectra and Design, EERI, Oakland, CA
11. Priestley, M. J. N. and Paulay, T., 1992. Seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry Buildings, John Wiley
12. Priestley, M. J. N., Seible, F., and Calvi, G. M., 1996, Seismic Design and Retrofit of Bridges, Wiley Inter Science
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 100….%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations …….%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises ……….%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe):………. ……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework 50
Class project
Interim examination
274
Final examinations 50
Other (describe):…………
275
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Reinforced Concrete Special Topics
Course code: CE09_S06
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9th Hours per
week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Design and reinforcement details of specific R/C elements. Design of straight and spiral stairs. Design of deep beams and corbels. Static method for aseismic design. Designing a R/C tank. Design of strip-footings. Design concepts and basic methods of intervention. Appropriate materials for intervention. Load transfer mechanisms between old and new materials. Design of dowels, anchors, and jackets. Supporting scaffolding. Slides on earthquake -comments. Prerequisites:
1. Reinforced Concrete Design I 2. Mechanics I
Instructor’s data:
Name: Marina Moretti Level: Assistant Professor (nominated) Office: -
Tel. – email: 24210 74175 – [email protected] Other tutors: -
276
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Design of deep beams 4 2
2 Design of corbels 4 2
3 Design of R-C linear stairs (1) 4 3
4 Design of R-C linear stairs (2) 4 3
5 Spiral stairs (support at ends) 4 3
6 Spiral stairs (support along the side) 4 3
7 Design of strip footings. Static method for aseismic design
4 3
8 Design of a R-C tank 4 3
9 Design concepts and basic methods of intervention (methods and materials)
4 2
10 Welding of rebars. Load transfer mechanisms between old and added materials
4 2
11 Design of dowels 4 2
12 Design of anchors 4 2
13 Design of jackets 4 2
14 Supporting scaffolding. Slides and comments on damages from earthquakes
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
35 - - -
Suggested literature:
1. Greek Code for Design of R/C Structures 2. Greek Code for Seismic Design 3. The art of reinforcement detailing (F.Leonhard – E.Monning)
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
55%
277
Seminars
5 %
Demonstrations
-
Laboratory
-
Exercises
40%
Visits at facilities
-
Other (describe): ……………………….
-
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
50 50
Interim examination
Final examinations
Other (describe): …………………………
278
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Metal Structures III Course code: CE09_S07 Credits:
5 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 7th
Hours per week:
4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Through this course the students gain the theoretical background as well the required practical knowledge for the design, analysis and evaluation of steel beam-to-column semi-rigid joints, base plate connections, hollow section joints, spatial structures and space frames as well as steel plain frames. Thus, the student is lead to the supplement, enrichment and enhancement of all scientific and practical material required for efficiently facing almost any problem concerning steel structures.
Prerequisites:
Metal Structures I, II Elastoplastic Αnalysis of Structures Engineering Mechanics I, II, III
Instructor’s data: Name: Dimitrios Sophianopoulos
Level: Assistant Professor Office: 114A
Tel. – email: +30 24210 74145 – [email protected] Other tutors: -
279
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Beam to column joints. General classification issues, Design Principles (general observations, moment-rotation characteristic, design moment resistance, rotational stiffness, rotational capacity), Classification of joints, Definitions and Notation (Basic joint components, Structural properties, Column web panel shear resistance), examples of joints, Simulation of joint behavior, classification in conjunction with the type of analysis used, lever arm, transformation parameters.
4 6
2
Structural joints connecting H or I sections. General, Structural properties (Design moment-rotation characteristic, main structural properties and basic joint components), Design Resistance (internal forces, shear forces, bending moments, equivalent T-stub in tension, equivalent T-stub in compression), Design resistance of basic components (column web panel in shear, column web in transverse compression, column web in transverse tension, column flange in transverse bending, end-plate in bending, flange cleat in bending, beam flange and web in compression, beam web in tension, concrete in compression including grout, base plate in bending under compression, base plate in bending under tension, anchor bolt in tension).
4 6
3
Design moment resistance of beam-to-column joints and splices. General, centre of compression, lever arm and force distribution for deriving the design moment resistance, beam-to-column joints with bolted end-plate connections, welded joints, design resistance of column bases with base plates.
4 6
4 Worked examples and exercises for the material taught during the 1st, 2nd and 3rd week.
4 6
5 Worked examples and exercises for the material taught during the 1st, 2nd and 3rd week. 4 6
6
Rotational stiffness. Basic model, stiffness coefficients for basic joint components, end plate connections with two or more bolt rows in tension, general and simplified method, column bases. Rotational capacity.
4 6
7 Worked examples and exercises for the material taught during the 6th week.
4 6
8 Column bases. Characteristic forms and detail. Interaction curves M, N. Worked examples and exercises.
4 6
9
Hollow section joints. General (scope, field of application), Design (general, failure modes of hollow section connections), Welds - design resistance, Welded joints between CHS members (general, uniplanar joints, multiplanar joints), Welded joints between CHS and RHS brace members and RHS chord members (general, unreinforced and reinforced uniplanar joints, multiplanar joints), Welded joints between CHS or RHS brace members and I or H section chords, Welded joints between CHS or RHS brace members and channel section chord members.
4 6
280
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
10 Worked examples and exercises on the material taught during the 9th week. 4 6
11
Spatial metal structures and space trusses. Introduction, general features, curves trusses and frames, barrel vaults and domes, single and multilayer grids, Uses and advantages, Design and analysis, Joints and Systems.
4 4
12
Steel plane frames. Basic principles of elastic stability theory, influence of geometric imperfections, influence of deformed structure geometry and sway as well as member imperfections, sway and non-sway frames, coefficients of equivalent buckling length of frame columns – approximate evaluation. Lateral restraints. Worked examples and exercises.
4 4
13 Steel Arches and Steel Shells. Basic Principles, Design principles, EC3 specifications, guidelines for further study. Indicative elements of steel bridges. Discussion.
4 4
14 Review worked examples and exercises. 4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
- 3 15 -
Suggested literature: 1. D. S. Sophianopoulos, Special Topics on Metal Structures, University of Thessaly Press, 1999. 2. Fr. Wald : Column Bases, Edicni Stredisco CVUT, Prague 1995. 3. C. Faella, V. Piluso, G. Rizzano : Structural Steel Semi-Rigid Connections, Theory Design & Software, CRC
Press, 2000. 4. S. L. Chan, P .P. T. Chui: Non-Linear Static and Cyclic Analysis of Steel Frames with Semi-Rigid
Connections, Elsevier, 2000. 5. Vayas, I. Ermopoulos, G. Ioannidis, Design of Steel Structures, Kleidarithmos Publishing, 2006. 6. Eurocode 3, Design of Steel Structures, Part 1.8: Design of Joints, ΕΝ 1993-1-8, 2005.
7. D. S. Sophianopoulos, Elements on Metal Structures, Papasotiriou Publishing, 2006.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
40%
Seminars
5%
Demonstrations
5%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
50%
281
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
10
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): Active class participation
282
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Bridge Design
Course code: CE09_S08
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
145
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 9th Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Description of design and construction of bridges, design of a prestressed concrete bridge in accordance with the Eurocodes. Learning result will be the ability to design prestressed concrete bridges and bridge details in general. Prerequisites:
1. Prestressed Concrete Design Instructor’s data:
Name: Michael N. Palaskas Level: Associate Professor (lecturer P.D.
407/80) Office: - Tel. – email: 6981924125 – [email protected]
Other tutors: -
283
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Historical review of bridges 4 2
2 Bridge terminology and bridge types 4 2
3 Concrete bridge structural systems 4 2
4 Types of piers and foundations 4 2
5 Concrete bridge construction methods 4 2
6 Design principles, limit states and bridge actions
4 4
7 Structural analysis, models and elements of prestressed concrete
4 4
8 Design of prestressed concrete voided slab (cross-section dimensions and deck design)
4 4
9 Design of prestressed concrete voided slab (loads, modelling and vertical load analysis)
4 4
10 Design of prestressed concrete voided slab (prestressing force and stresses for serviceability state)
4 4
11 Design of prestressed concrete voided slab (ultimate strength design)
4 4
12 Design of prestressed concrete voided slab (horizontal loads and seismic design)
4 4
13 Design of prestressed concrete voided slab (capacity design)
4 4
14 Design of prestressed concrete voided slab, design of foundation and structural bearings
4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
16 3 16 8
Suggested literature:
1. Bridge Deck Behavior, Hambley, Edmund C., ISBN: 0-470-34636-1 2. Prestressed Concrete Bridges, Christian Menn, ISBN: 3-7643-2414-7 3. Seismic Design and Retrofit of Bridges, M.J.N. Priestley, F. Seible, G.M.
Calvi ISBN: 0-471-57998-x 4. Structural Bearings, Helmut Eggert, Wolfgang Kauschke, ISBN: 3-4333-
01238_5
284
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 65%
Seminars -
Demonstrations -
Laboratory -
Exercises 30%
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): Educational visit
5%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project 20 20
Interim examination
Final examinations 60
Other (describe): …………………………
285
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: EARTHQUAKE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
Course code: CE09_G04
Credits: 6 Work load (hours):
150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
In Earthquake Geotechnical Engineering the student of Civil Engineering with a Geotechnical orientation studies the seismic loading of soil and its effects on civil engineering works. More specifically, the course focuses on the earthquake phenomenon (source, propagation, and characteristics), the effects of soil and topography on seismic ground motion, the design of geotechnical structures (slopes, retaining walls) against seismic motion and on the especially devastating phenomenon of soil liquefaction and its mitigation. The students acquire basic knowledge of engineering seismology, experience on the estimation of the design seismic motion at the site of any civil engineering work taking into account soil and topography conditions and finally the knowledge for performing the design of geotechnical structures against seismic loading and soil liquefaction. Prerequisites:
Knowledge of soil mechanics (mechanical soil response under monotonic loading) – Knowledge of foundations-retaining systems (static design of slopes and retaining walls) – Knowledge of soil dynamics (vibrations, seismic waves, mechanical soil response under cyclic loading)
Instructor’s data:
Name: Achilleas PAPADIMITRIOU Level: Lecturer
Office: Civil Engr Bldg – Office 116 Tel. – email: +30-24210-74140 – [email protected]
Other tutors: -
286
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction – Elements of Engineering Seismology (Earth structure, tectonics, faults, rupture through soil, magnitude, intensity)
4 4
2 Elements of Engineering Seismology (response spectrum – risk analysis – applications)
4 4
3 Seismic response of soil layer (case studies, analysis of uniform soil)
4 4
4 Seismic response of soil layer (analysis of non-uniform soil – applications)
4 4
5 Seismic response of soil layer (empirical correlations – numerical analysis of non-uniform soil)
4 4
6 Seismic slope stability (review of static stability – pseudo-static analysis – design according to EAK – applications)
4 4
7 Seismic slope stability (sliding block on a plane [Newmark] – applications)
4 4
8 Seismic slope stability (allowable slope displacements – applications)
4 4
9 Seismic analysis of retaining walls (review of static earth pressures and static design – dynamic earth pressures of non-displacing walls [Wood])
4 4
10 Seismic analysis of retaining walls (dynamic earth pressures of displacing walls [Mononobe-Okabe] – pseudo-static design – applications)
4 4
11 Seismic analysis of retaining walls (Allowable wall displacements [Richards-Elms] – Performance-based design – design according to EAK – applications)
4 4
12 Seismic analysis of retaining walls (Hydrodynamic pressures [Westergaard] - εφαρµογές) – Soil liquefaction (case studies)
4 5
13 Soil liquefaction (phenomenon – estimating liquefaction potential – applications)
4 5
14 Soil liquefaction (soil improvement: drains – applications) – Oral Presentations
4 6
287
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
15 3 16
Suggested literature:
Αχ. Πααδηµητρίου: ΓΕΩΤΕΧΝΙΚΗ ΣΕΙΣΜΙΚΗ ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗ: ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ, Έκδοση Π.Θ., 2007
Π. Ντακούλα : ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ Ε∆ΑΦΟ∆ΥΝΑΜΙΚΗΣ, Έκδοση Π.Θ., 2004 Γ. Γκαζέτα : ΣΗΜΕΙΩΣΕΙΣ Ε∆ΑΦΟ∆ΥΝΑΜΙΚΗΣ, Έκδοση Ε.Μ.Π., 1999. Γ. Γκαζέτα : Ε∆ΑΦΟ∆ΥΝΑΜΙΚΗ και ΣΕΙΣΜΙΚΗ ΜΗΧΑΝΙΚΗ : ΙΣΤΟΡΙΚΑ
ΠΕΡΙΣΤΑΤΙΚΑ, Εκδόσεις Συµεών, 1996. B. Πααζάχος, K. Πααζάχου : ΟΙ ΣΕΙΣΜΟΙ ΤΗΣ ΕΛΛΑ∆ΑΣ, Εκδόσεις
Ζήτη, 2003 Α. Τσελέντης : ΣΥΓΧΡΟΝΗ ΣΕΙΣΜΟΛΟΓΙΑ, Εκδόσεις Παασωτηρίου, 1997 S. Kramer : GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING, Prentice
Hall, 1996. A. Chopra : DYNAMICS OF STRUCTURES, Theory and Application to
Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, 1995. R. S. Yeats, K. Sieh, C. R. Allen : THE GEOLOGY OF EARTHQUAKES,
Oxford University Press, 1997 Japanese Geotechnical Society : REMEDIAL MEASURES AGAINST
LIQUEFACTION, Balkema, Rotterdam, 1998 R. Day : GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING HANDBOOK,
McGraw Hill, 2001 O. C. Zienkiewicz, A. H. C. Chan, M. Pastor, B. A. Schrefler, T. Shiomi:
COMPUTATIONAL GEOMECHANICS WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING, John Wiley and Sons, 1999
K. Ishihara : SOIL BEHAVIOR IN EARTHQUAKE GEOTECHNICS, Oxford University Press, USA, 1996
B. M. Das: PRINCIPLES OF SOIL DYNAMICS, Thomson Learning, 1992 I. Towhata : GEOTECHNICAL EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING, Springer-
Verlag, 2007
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
288
Exercises
30%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
Written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
25
Interim examination
Final examinations
65
Other (describe): Oral presentation
10
289
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Environmental Geotechnical Engineering
Course code: CE09_G05
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The basic principles and the modern technology of Enviromental Geotechnical Engineering concerning waste disposal, protection from pollution expansion, and de-contamination of soils and underground water. The students examine the nature of geo-environmental problems, their consequences and the methods of improving the quality of the environment. Prerequisites:
1. SOIL MECHANICS Ι 2. ENVIROMENTAL ENGINEERING
Instructor’s data:
Name: Polyxeni Kallioglou
Level: Cooperator Office: Ground-floor. Department of Civil
Engineering
Tel. – email: 2310-203043 & 2310996849 [email protected]
Other tutors:
290
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1η Course objectives. Course contents. Case histories of pollution and restoration of environment.
4 -
2η Legal framework. Pollutant characteristics. Solid waste categories. Pollution sources and acceptable pollution limits.
4 -
3η Basics of hydrogeology. Underground water flow in soils. Assessment of water hydraulic parameters.
4 5
4η Basic of hydrogeology. Drilling. Water pumping. Soil subsistence due to water pumping.
4 2
5η Soil- pollutant interaction. Phases of soil and pollutant and their equilibrium.
4 4
6η Practical consequences of soil-pollutant interaction. 4 2
7η Pollution expansion mechanisms and simulation of pollutant transportation
4 4
8η Underground geotechnical investigations. 4 2
9η Deposits of solid waste - Landfills. Sitting criteria of landfills. Legal framework.
4 2
10η Leachate management Linear and collection system. Sanitary deposits of mine waste - Landfills.
4 2
11η Soil and underwater reclamation methods. 4 2 12η Protection methods against pollution expansion. Waste disposal in
soils. 4 2
13η Failure risk assessment of technical works 4 2 14η Summary. Basic topics and basic principles of Environmental
Geotechnical Engineering. 4 -
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
10 3 25 2
Suggested literature: 1. Environmental Geotechnics, Μ. Kavvadas & Μ. Pantazidou, NΤUA edt, 2007 2. Environmental Geotechnics, Sarsby R.W., Thomas Telford edt, 2000 3. Geoenvironmental Engineering: Principles and applications, Reddi, Lakshmi, Inyang & Hillary, Marcel Dekker Inc edt, 2000
291
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
30%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework 10
Class project
10
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
292
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Special topics of Soil Mechanics
Course code: CE09_G06
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
This course includes the following objectives: basics of soil mechanics, mechanical behaviour of soils under undrained conditions, improvement and reinforcement methods of soils, insitu tests and foundation design based on their results. Theory and practical applications-examples are presented.
Prerequisites:
1. SOIL MECHANICS I 3. SOIL MECHANICS II 4. LABORATORY OF SOIL MECHANICS
Instructor’s data:
Name: Polyxeni Kallioglou
Level: Cooperator Office: Ground-floor. Department of Civil
Engineering
Tel. – email: 2310-203043 & 2310996849 [email protected]
Other tutors:
293
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1η Stress paths of soils. 4 2 2η Pore water pressure under undrained conditions.
Parameter A. 4 3
3η Laboratory tests for the determination of stress-strain relation of soils. Mathematical simulation of isotropic and one-dimensional compression.
4 2
4η Undrained shear strength of sandy soils. 4 2 5η Undrained shear strength of cohesive soils. 4 2
6η Shear strength of soil and slope stability. Residual strength. Activation of residual strength. Shear mechanisms during activation of residual strength.
4 2
7η Parameters affecting residual strength. Laboratory determination of residual strength. Effect of shear velocity on residual strength.
4 2
8η Improvement and reinforcement of soils. Description of methods. Examples.
4 2
9η Pre-loading of soils. 4 2
10η Pre-loading of soils and drains. 4 2
11η Stone-column. 4 2 12η Geo-synthetic materials. 4 2
13η Insitu measurements of soils properties. Standard penetration test. Cone penetration test. Pressiometer test.
4 2
14η Foundation Design based on insitu methods. 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
10 3 25 2
Suggested literature: 1. Special topics of Foundation Engineering, G. Boukouvalas, NTUA edt, 2004 2. Experimental Geotechnical Engineering, S. Kostopoulos, Ion edt, 2005 3. Mohr Circles, Stress Paths and Geotechnics, Parry R.H.G., E & FN SPON edt, 1995
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
294
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework 10
Class project
10
Interim examination
Final examinations 80
Other (describe): …………………………
295
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Deep Foundations & Retaining Diaphragms
Course code: CE09_G07
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 9o Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Analysis and design of deep foundations and diaphragms. Construction arrangement, constructive designs, application of special solving codes. Prerequisites:
Soil Mechanics I & II Foundations & Retaining Structures Computational Geotechnical Engineering Soil Dynamics Reinforced Concrete Behavior & Design
Instructor’s data:
Name: Emilios Comodromos Level: Associate Professor Office: 218
Tel. – Site: +30 24210 74143, ecomo.users.uth.gr Other tutors:
296
Specific course information:
Week No.
Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
General presentation of deep foundations and retaining structures. Brief retrospection in limit equilibrium methods (advantages – drawbacks). Reference to numerical methods application for foundation and retaining design.
4
2 Categories of deep foundations. Computation of ultimate strength and response under vertical and horizontal loads. Eurocode provisions. Construction methods, required equipment.
4
3 Retaining diaphragm construction method. Required mechanical equipment. Construction and simulation stages during design of works.
4
4 Presentation of simplified methods of computing and designing. Application of numerical methods to estimate soil-retaining structure-superstructure interaction.
4 4
5 Example of pile group designing under vertical and horizontal loading. Estimation of the foundation stiffness matrix and introduction of the matrix in superstructure solving code.
4 6
6 Construction arrangements, pile and pile head reinforcement. Constructive designs.
4 2
7 Design example of reinforced concrete diaphragm. Construction arrangements, pile and pile head reinforcement. Constructive designs.
4 6
8 Soil – structures interaction. Application in pile foundations.
4 2
9 Soil – structures interaction. Application in diaphragms of extensive depth and multiple reaction systems.
4 2
10 Design of anchorages. Assumptions, simulation framework, construction arrangements.
4 4
11 Struts’ design. Assumptions, simulation framework, construction arrangements.
4 4
12 Implementation of 2D and 3D codes for the analysis of deep foundations and retaining diaphragms. Presentation and operation.
4 2
13 Implementation of 2D and 3D codes for the analysis of deep foundations and retaining
4 4
297
diaphragms. Example.
14 General retrospection in analysis and design of deep foundations and retaining diaphragms.
4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
29
Suggested literature:
Barnes, G.E. (2005). Soil Mechanics: Principles and Applications. Klidarithmos Ed., Athens (In Greek).
Bowles, E.J. (1996). Foundation analysis and design. 5th edition, McGraw Hill, N.Y.
Poulos, G.H. (1980). Pile foundation analysis and design. J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y.
Tomlinson, M. J. (1994). Pile design and construction practice. E&FN Spon, London.
Prakash, S. and Sharma, D.H. (1990). Pile foundations in engineering practice. J. Wiley & Sons, N.Y.
Sanglerat, G., Olivari, G. and Cambou, B. (1983). Problèmes pratiques de mécanique des sols et de fondations, deuxième edition. Dunod, Paris.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 60%
Seminars 5%
Demonstrations 5%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 30%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
298
Evaluation method (select) - weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
299
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Course code: CE09_T04 Credits: 6 Work load
(hours): 150
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 9h Hours per week: 4 hours Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
• Analysis methods for road construction and infrastructure
• Level of service assessment methodology for road construction and infrastructure
• Evaluation methods for road construction and infrastructure
• Maintenance techniques
• Techo-economical models for the management of road construction and infrastructure
Prerequisites:
• Pavement engineering and construction
• Highway design Economics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Level:
Office: Tel. – email:
Other tutors:
300
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Road maintenance and management
4 2
2 Operation and damage of infrastructure and pavement
4 4
3 Pavement surface condition
4 4
4 Measurements of surface attributes and measuring instruments
4 4
5-6 Mechanical tolerance and pavement reinforcement
4 4
7-8 Evaluation of pavements and management systems
4 4
9 Maintenance techniques
4 4
10 Recycling of asphalts
4 4
11 Maintenance and reconstruction of rigid pavements
4 4
12 Operational improvement of road constructions
4 4
13-14 Economics issues in the management of road constructions and infrastructure
4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
40
Suggested literature:
• «Management of roads and road construction», Α.Κ. Mouratides, Edition University of Thessaloniki, 1994
• Tutor’s notes
301
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
…70….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
…20….%
Visits at facilities
…10….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework 5
Class project
20 5
Interim examination
Final examinations
70
Other (describe): …………………………
302
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: TRANSPORT ECONOMICS
Course code: CE09_T05
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9o Hours per week: 3
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Transport Economics course studies all transportation means, their functions in the transport market and the necessary transport infrastructure The course aims at learning basic knowledge and methodology in, calculating the Supply and Demand on transport market, pricing policy, social and environmental impacts of transport, feasibility studies and investment appraisal, transport legislation, European Union transport policy Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: DIMITRIOS MAKRIS
Level: ADJUNCT ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Office: INSIDE HIGHWAY ENGINEERING
LABORATORY Tel. – email: 0030 24210 74 166, [email protected] Other tutors:
303
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1. Transport and Economy – National and global economic environment in transport
4 2
2. State intervention – Liberalization of transport services – Privatization of transport services. Competition
4 2
3. Supply and Demand in transport market – Elasticity
4 2
4. Supply and Demand in transport market examples– Elasticity calculations
3 2
5. Transport Cost 3 2
6. Demand Models 3 2
7. Commercial and Pricing policy 3 4
8. Commercial and Pricing policy - examples 3 6
9. Transport investment appraisal. 3 4
10. Transport investment appraisal methods -examples
3 6
11. Financial and business schemes on transport investments
3 4
12. Transport. Social and Environmental impacts 3 4
13. European Union policy on transport – Transport Legislation
3 3
TOTAL 42 43
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
40
Suggested literature:
• “Transport Economics”, Profyllides B, (Greek edition)
• “Introduction on Transport Economics”, Sambracos E, (Greek edition)
• “Transport Economics exercises booklet”, D. Makris (Greek edition)
• “Transport Economics”, Button J K,
304
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Presentations using overhead or video projector, discussion, active participation
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Exercises on main chapters of the course
30%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100%
Other (describe): …………………………
305
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Course code: CE09_T06 Credits: 5 Work load
(hours): 125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 9th Hours per week: 3 hours Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Aircraft types, aircraft characteristics: Operational characteristics of aircrafts, demand characteristics, capacity-speed-range. Air transport: evolution, projections, development of air transport, development of short range air transport, helicopter services. International conventions: bilateral agreements, Chicago convention, Warsaw convention. Airline companies:
Prerequisites:
4. Transportation planning
Instructor’s data:
Name: Level:
Office: Tel. – email:
Other tutors:
306
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction
3 5
2-3 Airport terminals and operations
3 3
4-5 Site selection and meteorology impacts
3 3
6-7 Air traffic demand analysis and forecasting
3 3
8-9-10 Master planning, installations, infrastructure
3 3
11-12 Freight terminals
3 3
13-14 Environmental impact assessment
3 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
39
Suggested literature:
• «Air transport economics and competition», Ioannis Lainos, Edition Stamoulis, Β’ edition, 1999.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
……….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
307
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
Other (describe): …………………………
308
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: SEA TRANSPORT
Course code: CE09_T07
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9o Hours per week: 3
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Sea Transport course examines the importance and the characteristics of sea transport system, port development and of port management and operations modern approaches. The course aims at learning of basic knowledge and methodology on sea transport systems, port development, ship voyage cost and benefit calculation, port capacity, port strategic and operational studies, port management and operations, port performance indicators and on the European union maritime transport policy.
Prerequisites:
Instructor’s data: Name: DIMITRIOS MAKRIS
Level: ADJUNCT ASSISTANT PROFESSOR Office: INSIDE HIGHWAY ENGINEERING
LABORATORY Tel. – email: 0030 24210 74166, [email protected] Other tutors:
309
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
11. The importance of Sea Transport in the international commerce. The new developments on global maritime transport system
3 2
12. Ship operational characteristics. Classification. Safety control and competence of merchant fleet. Classification societies
3 2
13. Global merchant marine. Ship’s register, flag, state control
3 2
14. Ship voyage cost and freight rate 3 3
15. Ship voyage cost calculation 3 4
16. Ports in the international transport system 3 3
17. Port Hinterland and Foreland 3 4
18. Port operational and storage capacity. 3 4
19. Port operational and storage capacity-examples
3 3
20. Port management and operations 3 3
21. Port performance indicators 3 4
22. Port performance indicators-examples 3 6
23. European Union policy on maritime transport 3 2
24. European Union policy on maritime transport 3 2
TOTAL 42 44
Additional hours for: Class project Examinations Preparation for
examinations Educational visit
39
310
Suggested literature:
• “Sea Transport”, G. Giannopoulos, (Greek edition)
• “Port management and Economics” (Greek edition), Ε. Pardali
• “Sea Transport” (University Notes, Greek edition) D. Makris
• “Sea Transport”, P. Alderton
• “Maritime Economics” M. Stopford
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Presentations using overhead or video projector, discussion, active participation
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Exercises on main chapters of the course
25%
Visits at facilities
Visit at a port facility
5%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100%
Other (describe): …………………………
311
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Special Topics in Highway Engineering
Course code: CE09_T08
Credits: 5 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9 Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Computer Aided Road Design Principles of Intersections at Grade and Interchanges. Road Signing and Safety Infrastructure.
Prerequisites:
Highway Engineering I & II CAD. Computer Aided Design. Surveying
Instructor’s data: Name: Nikolaos Eliou
Level: Associate Prof. Office:
Tel. – email: +30-24210-74150 [email protected] Other tutors: Kaliabetsos G., Scientific Assistant
312
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 The Use of Computers in Road Project Design.
4 1
2 C.A.D. and G.I.S. applications in design. 4 1
3 Digital Terrain Models. 4 1
4 Road Projects Design Software 4 3
5 Road Projects Design Software 4 3
6 Road Projects Design Software 4 3
7 Road Projects Design Software 4 1
8 Basics on Junctions Design 4 1
9 Basics on Interchanges Design. 4 1
10 Special topics of Road Infrastructure Design. 4 1
11 Road Restraint Systems ΕΝ 1317 4 1
12 Road Infrastructure Design at Work zones. 4 1
13 Road Safety Audit Procedures 4 1
14 Road Safety Audit Procedures 4 1
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
49
Suggested literature:
“Richtlinien fur die Anlage von Strassen. Elemente der linienfuhrung“ RAS-L-1, 1984. AASHTO “ A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets “1984
313
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
50 %
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
30 %
Exercises
20 %
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight:
written % Oral %
Homework
30
10
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
60
Other (describe): …………………………
314
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Environmental Fluid Mechanics
Course code: CE09_H04
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
114
Course level: Undergraduate X Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective X
Course category: Basic Orientation X Semester: 9th Hours per week: 4 hours
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The course objective is to familiarize the students with the application of the principles and methods of Fluid Mechanics to the analysis of the environmental flows and the design of typical hydraulic works for the protection of the environment, especially those related to the protection of coastal waters and the atmosphere. Prerequisites:
Fluid mechanics Hydraulics Mathematical models of pollution
Instructor’s data:
Name: Evagelia Farsirotou Level:
Office: Tel. – email: 6997011281 – [email protected]
Other tutors:
315
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction. 4 1
2 Homogeneous fluids. Mixtures. Salinity. Pollutants.
4 1
3 Molecular diffusion. Fick’s law. Diffusion equation.
4 2
4 Turbulent diffusion and dispersion. 4 2
5 Taylor’s analysis. 4 2
6 Mixing in lakes and reservoirs. 4 2
7 Mixing in rivers. 4 2
8 Discharge dynamics. 4 2
9 Jets and plumes. 4 2
10 Turbulent jets and plumes. 4 2
11 Buoyant jets. 4 2
12 Boundary effects – buoyancy effects. 4 2
13 Applications. 4 2
14 Special topics. 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
30 2 10
Suggested literature:
1. Antonopoulos, ¨Environmental Hydraulics & Quality of Free Surface
Flows ¨, Giahoudis-Giapoulis, 2003. 2. Dimitriou , Ι. D., ¨Environmental Hydraulics ¨, Part Α and Β, Athens,
1994. Chen C. I., Rodi W., ¨ Vertical Turbulent buoyant jets – A review of experimental data¨, Pergamon Press, 1980.
3. Fischer, H.B., List E.J., Koh, R.C.Y., Imberger J., Brooks, N.H., ¨Mixing in inland and coastal waters¨, Academic Press, 1979.
316
4. Gilbert M. Masters, ¨Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science¨, Pearson Higher Education, 1997.
5. Simpkins P.G. and A. Liakopoulos, ¨ Stability of Convective Flows¨, ASME Press, 1992.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
…50…….%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
…10….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
……40….%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
X
70%
Interim examination
Final examinations
X
30%
Other (describe): …………………………
317
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Water Resources Systems
Course code: CE09_H05
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
125
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9 Hours per week:
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
• Water resources systems analysis techniques (joint ones included)
• Water resources systems Performance Indicators Water resources systems
• Deterministic and Stochastic approaches
• Water resources systems management /simulation/optimization models (joint ones included)
Prerequisites:
• Hydraulics
• Hydrology
• Groundwater Hydraulics
• Water supply & distribution networks
• Water Resources Management
• Statistics – Probability theory Instructor’s data:
Name: Kanakoudis Vasilis
Level: Lecturer Office: Tel. – email: 0030 24210 74156,
[email protected] Other tutors:
318
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 - Water resources systems management approaches (Sustainable, Worth living development)
- National / EU legislation (WFD 2000/60, N.L.3199/2003, P.D/ 51/2007)
- Water resources management under specific conditions (coastal, transnational, protected, vulnerable)
4 2
2 - Introduction to systems analysis theory - Joint management techniques, Alternative
paths (arcs, blocs), complete mixing assumption theory
4 2
3 - Decision Making process and tools (EDAMS, EDSS)
4 4
4 - Optimization techniques (Dynamic) 4 4
5 - Deterministic and Stochastic approaches - Water resources systems management
/simulation/optimization models (joint ones included)
4 4
6-7 - Applications 8 4
8-9 - Water Resources Systems Performance Evaluation Indicators
- Reliability, Availability, Hazard, Risk analysis - Significance, Vulnerability analysis
8 4
10-11 Applications 8 4
12-13 - Water resources systems Water Balance Estimation techniques & tools
- Supply & Demand management - Life cycle analysis - Repair or replace dilemma analysis - Costing and pricing technics regarding the
urban water - Full water cost recovery principal (direct cost,
environmental cost, cost of the natural resource)
8 4
14 Applications 4 4
Additional hours for: Class project Examinations Preparation for
examinations Educational visit
319
33
Suggested literature: - Kapur K. & L. Lamberson: “Reliability in Engineering Designs”, Wiley, NY,
1977 - Μ. Mimikou, “Water Resources Technology”, Papasotiriou eds., p.564 - Journal Papers
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 50%
Seminars ……….%
Demonstrations 20%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 30%
Visits at facilities ……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project 50% 50%
Interim examination
Final examinations 50% 50%
Other (describe): …………………………
320
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Experimental Hydraulics
Course code: CE09_H06
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
118
Course level: Undergraduate X Graduate Course type: Mandatory X Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation X Semester: 9 Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The objective is the contact of the student with the experiment, i.e. with the experimental arrangement, the measurement and analysis of experimental data. The student becomes familiar with dimensional analysis and hydraulic similarity theory, so that he can design an experiment or a laboratory model. Also, he is introduced to measurement and data acquisition techniques, along with flow visualization methods, so that they can be used either in the modeling of complex flows for research purposes, or in the model design of applied research applications.
Prerequisites:
Fluid mechanics Applied Hydraulics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Panos Papanicolaou Level: Assoc. Professor
Office: Tel. – email: 24210-74113, [email protected] Other tutors:
321
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction. Dimensional analysis, Buckingham Π-theorem.
4
2 Non – dimensional Navier-Stokes equations, characteristic dimensionless numbers
4 4
3 Full (dynamic) and partial (kinematic or geometric) similarity. Reynolds and Froude similarity.
4 4
4 Theory and implementation of hydraulic laboratory models.
4 4
5 Measurement of density, kinematic viscosity and hydrostatic pressure of liquids. Static flow pressure measurement. Velocity measurements. Pilot tube. Discharge measurement in pipes and open channels
4
6 Error analysis, experimental error estimates. Statistical analysis of experimental data.
4 4
7 Turbulence theory, response of measuring devices, spectra and data acquisition in turbulent flows, Nyquist theorem, measurements.
4
8 Hot-wire anemometry. Optical techniques. Laser doppler anemometry, digital particle image velocimetry (DPIV)
4
9 Visit to hydraulics laboratory. Display of the use of measurement devices as well as experiments from Diploma and Masters Theses.
4
10 Experiment on energy losses in pipe flow. 4 6
11 Experiment on the development of boundary layer in pipes, via Pitot tube velocimetry.
4 8
12 Measurement of the velocity distribution along the axis and across a turbulent air jet.
4 8
13 Experiment in a 5m. long open channel. Free surface profile and hydraulic jump measurement. Use of sharp crested weir and sluice gate for flow control
4 6
14 Experiment on dispersion of vertical buoyant 4 6
322
jet in a linearly density-stratified ambient.
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
2 10
Suggested literature: 1. Experimental hydraulics, Notes by P. Papanicolaou 2. Handouts from Greek and international bibliography
3. Bergeles, G, Papantonis, D και Tsangaris, S, 1998. Technical measurements of fluid mechanics parameters. Symeon Editions, Athens. (In Greek)
4. Bendat, JS, and Piersol, AG, 1971. Random data: Analysis and measurement
procedures. Wiley.
5. Drain, LE, 1980. The laser-Doppler technique. Wiley.
6. Goldstein, RJ, Ed. 1996. Fluid mechanics measurements. Taylor and Francis.
7. Japan society of mechanical engineers, (Ed.) 1988. Visualized flow. Pergamon.
8. Perry, AE, 1982. Hot wire anemometry. Clarendon Press.
9. Raffel, M, Willert, C, and Kompenhans, J, 1997. Particle image velocimetry.
Springer.
10. Sharp, JJ, 1981. Hydraulic modeling. Butterworths.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
X
40%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
X
10%
Laboratory
X
40%
Exercises
X
10%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: Written % Oral %
323
Homework X
20
Class project (lab experiments)
X
40
Interim examination
Final examinations
X
40
Other (describe): …………………………
324
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Coastal Oceanography
Course code: CE09_H07
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 9ο Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Knowledge and skills on coastal oceanography and coastal processes. Seawater masses and matter transport.
Prerequisites:
Coastal Engineering and Harbor Works Hydraulics Fluid Mechanics
Instructor’s data:
Name: Yiannis Savvidis Level: Assistant Professor (under
appointment)
Office: - Tel. – email: 6932975710 – [email protected]
Other tutors: -
X
X X
325
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction – Hydrography – Hydrographic Maps
4 2
2 Introduction to Descriptive Oceanography – Physical- Chemical parameters of the water – Temperature - Salinity
4 2
3 Physical- Chemical parameters of the water – Pressure – Density –Seawater mass– Water types – mixture of water masses
4 2
4 Sound and Light in the marine environment 4 2
5 Introduction to Dynamic Oceanography – Hydrodynamic Circulation
4 2
6 Θαλάσσια ρεύµατα ∆ύναµη Coriolis, ∆ιατµητικές τάσεις ειφάνειας και υθµένα
4 2
7 Wind currents, geostrophic currents, density currents, inertia currents, tidal currents
4 2
8 Barotropic and Baroclinic conditions –Ανάδυση και κατάδυση υδάτινων µαζών
4 2
9 Sea waves Theory – Linear Theory 4 2
10 Waves – Shoaling, Refraction, Diffraction, Reflection, Wave Breaking
4 2
11 Astronomical Tides 4 2
12 Matter transport in the marine environment 4 2
13 Mathematical Modelling 4 2
14 Review 4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
2 34
Suggested literature:
• Θεοδώρου Α. (2004) “Ωκεανογραφία. Εισαγωγή στo θαλάσσιο εριβάλλον” Αθήνα, Εκδόσεις Σταµούλη
• Σακελλαριάδου Φ. (2007) “Ωκεανογραφία” Αθήνα, Εκδόσεις Σταµούλη
326
• Αλµανάκης Κ., (1999) “Μαθήµατα Ωκεανογραφίας“, Θεσσαλονίκη, Εκδόσεις University Studio Press.
• Λεοντάρης Σ. (1995) “Εισαγωγή στην Ωκεανογραφία” Αθήνα, Εκδόσεις Συµµετρία
• Beer Τ. (1997) ‘Environmental Oceanography’, An introduction to the Behaviour of the Coastal. Waters (2nd ed). Florida: CRC Press
• Mellor George L. (1996) ‘Introduction to Physical Oceanography’, Springer Verlag, 284 p
• Pickard G.L. and S. Pond (1983), Introductory Dynamical Oceanography. 3rd Edition 1993. Pergamon Press
• Pickard G.L. and Emery W.J., (1990), Descriptive Physical Oceanography. Butterworth –Heinmann, 320p.
• Thurman, H.V. and Burton, E.A., (2000) Introductory Oceanography, 9th ed. Prentice Hall. 554p.
• John A. Knauss (1997), Introduction to Physical Oceanography, 2nd edition Prentice Hall, ISBN 0-13-238155-9.
• Yanagi Tetsuo (2000), Coastal Oceanography, Kluwer Academic Publishers Group, Netherlands
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Theory
50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Exercises
50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
X
X
327
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
X
328
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Land reclamation projects
Course code: CE09_H08
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: G Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Design of land reclamation projects (Water demand, Distribution systems, Sizing of irrigation networks, Canal and pipe structures) Prerequisites:
• Hydraulics
• Hydrology
• Groundwater hydraulics
• Soil mechanics Instructor’s data:
Name: Level:
Office: Tel. – email: Other tutors:
329
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction to land reclamation projects 4 2
2 Soil moisture-Infiltration 4 2
3 Unsaturated-Saturated flow 4 4
4 Evapotranspiration (Potential & Actual) 4 4
5 Quality of water for irrigation 4 4
6 Crop water demand 4 4
7 Distribution methods 4 4
8 Surface irrigation networks 4 4
9 Pipe irrigation networks 4 4
10 Sprayers, microirrigation 4 4
11 Optimazation of networks 4 4
12 Structures in irrigation projects in stations (Siphons, culverts, pumps, etc)
4 4
13 Case studies 4 4
14 Case studies 4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
5 3 4
Suggested literature:
• G. P. Tsakiris, 1986, Lectures on Land Reclamation Projects, NTUA, Athens (In Greek)
• Ch. D. Tzimopoulos, 1982, Agricultural Hydraulics, AUTH, Thessaloniki, (In Greek)
• G. A. Terzidis and Z. G. Papazaphiriou, 1997, Agricultural Hydraulics, AUTH, Thessaloniki, (In Greek)
• Α. Τ. Aisenbrey et. Al, 1978, Design of small canal structures, USBR, Denver, USA
330
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Lectures covering the theoretical part of the course
50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Solving of exercises – practical applications
50%
Visits at facilities
Municipal water authorities – Reservoirs – Work site of pipe placing
%
Other (describe): 3. Students solve a
λand reclamation project.
beyond teaching hours
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
20
Interim examination
Final examinations
80
Other (describe): …………………………
331
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Dams Course code: CE09_H09 Credits:
4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 9th Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): Scope of the course is the introduction and the understanding of the design, construction and operation of dams and reservoirs. This course strengthens students’ technical and intellectual competency, preparing them for engineering employment or advanced study. The course exposes students to hydrological methods of reservoir design, to design and construction of various types of dams, to design of hydraulic works of dams and to the management and simulation of the operation of dams and reservoirs.
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to demonstrate: Knowledge of the various dam types, their scope and operation Ability to define the location of dam construction Ability to calculate and design the reservoir volume with deterministic and
stochastic methods Ability to calculate and design of hydraulic works of reservoirs (spillways,
coffer dams, etc) Understanding of the design methods and typical tests of dams Understanding of the construction steps of various types dams Ability to design hydrodynamic-hydroelectric works Ability to manage and simulate the operation of dams and reservoirs single
and multiple scope Understanding of the environmental impacts of dam construction and the
methods for the impact alleviation
Prerequisites:
Hydrology Stochastic Hydrology Hydraulics Groundwater Hydraulics
Instructor’s data: Name: Athanasios Loukas
Level: Associate Professor Office:
Tel. – email: +30-2421074168 – [email protected] Other tutors:
332
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction. Types and scope of dams. Dam location selection.
4
2 Gravity dams. Construction
characteristics. Conditions and stability tests
4
3
Hollow Gravity dams. Construction characteristics. Conditions and stability tests.
Arch dams. Types and calculation methods. Stability tests.
4
4
Earth-fill dams. Types and construction characteristics. Stability tests.
Rock-fill dams. Types and construction characteristics.
4
5
Dam foundation and drainage Percolation under the dams and
through earth dams. Computation of percolation. Measures for the minimization of percolation.
4
6
Characteristics of reservoirs Deterministic design of reservoir Calculation of reservoir usuable
volume (Rippl method, Dincer method, Stall method)
4
7
Calculation of reservoir usuable volume (Rippl method, Dincer method, Stall method)
Probabilistic method for the calculation of reservoir usuable volume (Moran method)
4
8
Estimation of reservoir non-usuable (dead) volume (Gavrilolovic method, U.S.L.E. method)
Estimation of reservoir flood volume
4
9
Hydrologic and hydraulic design of of dam safety works. Design of dam spillway and river diversion works. Design flood of spillway. Spillway design.
4
333
10
Design flood for river diversion. Flood protection during the dam construction and operation. Dam design.
4
11 Introduction in hydroelectric energy
production. Hydroturbines and their types. Hydroturbine design.
4
12
Hydroelectric works. Design of small hydroelectric dams.
Hydroelectric dam design. Estimation of hydroelectric energy production.
4
13
Deterministic and stochastic simulation of reservoir operation
Risk analysis of hydroelectric energy production.
4
14
Deformation monitoring of dam. Pore pressure, movement and temperature measurement equipments.
Environmental impacts from dam construction, protection works and fish passage works.
4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
64
Suggested literature:
C. Tsoga and E. Tsoga «Hydropotential Works - Dams», Ion, 2000 and lecture handouts (in Greek)
Μ. Α. Mimikou «Water Resources Technology», Papasotiriou, 1994 (in Greek)
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
80%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
20%
334
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
100
Interim examination
Final examinations
Other (describe): …………………………
335
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Risk and Decision Analysis in Hydraulic Projects
Course code: CE09_H10
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: G Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
The students learn how to evaluate risk in the design of Hydraulic projects, under uncertainty. Prerequisites:
• Probabilities - Statistics • Groundwater Hydraulics • Hydrology • Water Resources Management
Instructor’s data: Name: Nikitas Mylopoulos
Level: Assistant Professor Office: 114
Tel. – email: 24210 74162 [email protected] Other tutors:
336
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Introduction – Uncertainty analysis. Sources of uncertainty and definitions
4 4
2 Random parameters and distributions- Probabilistic theory – (hydrologic, hydrogeologic uncertainty)
4 4
3 Stochastic simulation and Modeling 4 4
4 Uncertainty and Failure of hydraulic projects design – Examples (Dam Failure, Aquifer Restoration Failure, Flood Control Works Failure etc.) – Reliability Analysis
4 4
5 Risk Analysis in Water Resources Systems.
Risk Evaluation:
• Risk Identification • Risk Quantification
4 4
6 Risk Analysis in Water Resources Systems.
Risk Evaluation:
• Risk assessment • Risk Acceptance – Risk Adversity
(Utility Function)
4 4
7 Risk Analysis in Water Resources Systems.
Risk Evaluation:
• Risk Management Applications
4 4
8 Data Value Analysis. The role of measurements in water resources systems. Bayes theorem
4 4
9 Posterior and Pre-posterior analysis 4 4
10 Decision Making – Risk based Decision
Making under uncertainty. Multi-criteria
analysis
4 4
11 Introduction in Decision Theory. The Risk-
Cost-Benefit Analysis.
4 4
12 Risk-Cost-Benefit Analysis Evaluation and assessment criteria. Final Decision Making
4 4
13 Applications-examples in hydraulic Projects 4 4
337
Planning
14 Applications-examples in hydraulic Projects
Planning
4 4
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
3 5
Suggested literature:
• J. Bogardi: “Risk, Reliability, Uncertainty and Robustness of Water Resources Systems” Cambridge Univ. Press
• BF Baird “Managerial Decisions Under Uncertainty: An Introduction to the Analysis of Decision Making” - New York: John Wiley & Sons
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Lectures covering the theoretical part of the course
60%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Solving of exercises – practical applications
40%
Visits at facilities
%
Other (describe):
beyond teaching hours
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
338
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
339
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Tunnels & Underground Works
Course code: CE10_G02
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 10o Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Comprehension of tunnel designing principles. Introduction to the principles of soil-structure interaction modelling. Evaluation of geotechnical conditions and selection of design parameters. Preliminary tunnel design using geotechnical methods. Tunnel analysis and design with numerical methods.
Prerequisites:
Soil Mechanics I & II Foundations & Retaining Structures Rock Mechanics Computational Geotechnical Engineering
Instructor’s data:
Name: Emilios Comodromos Level: Associate Professor
Office: 218 Tel. – Site: +30 24210 74143, ecomo.users.uth.gr
Other tutors:
340
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Tunnel types, description of construction methods in soil and rocky formations.
4
2 Evaluation of in-situ geological and geotechnical conditions. Requisite site tests and measurements and laboratory tests to define design parameters of soil materials and domain topology.
4
3 Initial stress field definition. Anticipated kinematic and stress field due to excavation. Plastified zones and general pathology.
4
4 Tunnel stability. Typical shapes of instability. Reaction curves of surrounding rock mass in relation to excavation step. Linear elastic and elastoplastic approach.
4 2
5 Elastoplastic response curves of surrounding rock mass in relation to excavation size and immediate support measures.
4 6
6 Description of primary support measures. Variation associated with placement convenience, partial and full activation time and installation cost.
4 2
7 Preliminary design of primary support measures, according to custom geotechnical rating systems (Bieniawski rock mass rating system application).
4 4
8 Preliminary design of primary support measures, according to custom geotechnical rating systems (Q rock mass rating system application).
4 4
9 Dependence of primary support measures’ selection and implementation sequence on construction method.
4 2
10 Preliminary tunnel design example. Definition of strength parameters and deformation modules, application of geotechnical rating systems, adequacy control using pressure-convergence curves.
4 8
11 Application of numerical methods in tunnel designing. Reference to simplified numerical
4 2
341
approaches.
12 Finite Element Method application to simulate tunnel construction as a multistage problem, with variable boundaries and capability of primary support activation and deactivation.
4 6
13 Modification of constitutive materials’ stiffness during various stages. Interaction of surrounding rock mass and final lining elements. Simulation, analysis, solution framework allowing for load combinations, final design.
4 4
14 Representative examples of tunneling. 4 2
Additional hours for: Class project Examinations Preparation for
examinations Educational visit
3 13 6
Suggested literature:
Bouvard-Lecoanet, A, Colombet, G. et Esteulle, F. (1988). Ouvrages
Souterrains – Conception – Realisation – Entretien. Presses Ponts et Chaussées, Paris.
Hoek, E., Kaiser, P.K. and Bawden, W.F. (1995). Support of Underground Excavations in Hard Rock. A. A. Balkema, Brookfield, VT 05036, USA.
Wyllie, D. C. (1992). Foundation on Rock. Chapman & Hall, London, pp. 333.
Panet, M., (1995). Calcul des Tunnels par la méthode convergence-confinement. Département Edition de l’Association Amicale des Ingénieurs Anciens Elèves, Paris: Press de l’Ecole Nationale des Ponts et Chaussées.
342
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching 50%
Seminars 10%
Demonstrations 10%
Laboratory ……….%
Exercises 20%
Visits at facilities 10%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select) - weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
Interim examination
Final examinations
100
Other (describe): …………………………
343
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Modelling of civil engineering structures
Course code: CE10_S03
Credits: 4 Work load (hours):
100
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation Semester: 10th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results): The main objective is the comprehension of modeling methods for civil engineering structures. The course is taught through computer software and includes characteristic cases of civil engineering structures. Special attention is given to points where the unsuccessful modeling may lead to significant mistakes. The course contains the following: Structural types Framed structures
Plate structures
Structures with both frame and planar elements (plates, walls, etc)
Foundations.
Analysis types Static analysis
Dynamic analysis
Soil-structure interaction
Materials Concrete
Structural steel
Composite members
Mixed structures (containing elements of different materials)
The course contains also the following: Methods for quick error identification
Results interpretation
Connection of structural analysis with design
Prerequisites:
Structural Analysis I Structural Analysis I I Structural Analysis I II
344
Instructor’s data:
Name: Euripidis Mistakidis Level: Associate Professor
Office: 101 Tel. – email: 24210 74171 – [email protected] Other tutors:
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
20 3 20 -
Suggested literature:
1. Αβραμίδης. Ι., Αθανατοπούλου, Μ., Αναστασιάδης, Κ. Μορφίδης, Κ., Πρότυπα
345
Αριθμητικά Παραδείγματα Ανάλυσης Κατασκευών, ΕΚΔΟΣΕΙΣ ΑΙΒΑΖΗΣ
2. Π.Κ. Κολιόπουλος, Γ.Δ. Μανώλης , Δυναμική των κατασκευών με εφαρμογές στην
αντισεισμική μηχανική, Εκδόσεις Γκιούρδα.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
40 %
Seminars
Demonstrations
Laboratory
40 %
Exercises
30 %
Visits at facilities
Other (describe): ……………………….
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: Written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
30%
Interim examination
Final examinations
70%
Other (describe): …………………………
346
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Road safety Course code: CE10_T04 Credits: 4 Work load
(hours): 115
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate
Course type: Mandatory Selective
Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 10th Hours per week: 4
Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Basic principles and definitions. Road safety organizations in Greece and abroad. Legislation framework. Road accident data collection procedures. Road accident data sources. Methods for road accident data processing and analysis. Road accident - macroscopic analysis. Measures for improvement of safety level at urban and interurban road network. The use of Geographic Information Systems in road safety. Relation between road accidents and road users’ characteristics, road, traffic, environment and vehicle. Road safety evaluation studies. Prerequisites: Statistical analysis. Experimental design.
Instructor’s data:
Name: Eftihia Nathanail Level: Assistant professor
Office: Civil Engineering Faculty (A12) University of Thessaly Pedion Areos, 38334 Bolos, Greece
Tel. – email: +3024210 74164, [email protected]
Other tutors: -
347
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1 Introduction to road safety. Statistics on road safety.
4 1
2 Data collection methods and databases 4 2
3 Road safety studies 4 1
4 Identification of black spots 4 3
5 Analysis of isolated accidents 4 2
6 Road safety and the users 4 2
7 Influencing user behavior. Education. Safety campaigns. Theoretical models for behavioral change.
4 3
8 Experimental methods in behavioral changing analysis
4 4
9 Road safety and the vehicles. In-vehicle innovative technological solutions.
4 2
10 Road safety, the road and the environment 4 2
11 Improving road safety at black spots 4 3
12 Evaluation of improvements performance 4 3
13 Incident management 4 3
14 Dangerous goods transportation on road network
4 3
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
15 2 4 4
Suggested literature:
• Ι. Φραντζεσκάκης, Ι. Γκόλιας, Οδική Ασφάλεια, Παασωτηρίου 1994
• MARC GAUDRY, SYLVAIN LASSARRE, STRUCTURAL ROAD ACCIDENT MODELS, PERGAMON, 2000
• KAAN OZBAY, PUSHKIN KACHROO, INCIDENT
348
MANAGEMENT INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS, 1999
• William R.,Shadish, Thomas D.,Cook, Donald T.,Campbell, Experimental and Quasi-experimental Designs for Generalised Causal Inference, Houghton Mifflin Co, 2001
• Brian,Everitt, A Handbook of Statistical Analyses Using Spss, Taylor & Francis Ltd, 2003
• Glenn,Gamst, Lawrence S.,Meyers, A. J.,Guarino, Analysis of Variance Designs, Cambridge University Press, 2008Peter L.,Bonate, Analysis of Pre-Test-Post-Test Designs, Taylor & Francis Ltd, 2000
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
70%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
20%
Visits at facilities
10%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
30
10
Interim examination
20
Final examinations
40
Other (describe): …………………………
349
ECTS
EUROPEAN CREDIT TRANSFER SYSTEM
General course information:
Course title: Wave Mechanics Course code: CE10_H05 Credits: 4 Work load
(hours): 120
Course level: Undergraduate Graduate Course type: Mandatory Selective Course category: Basic Orientation
Semester: 10ο Hours per week: 4 Course objectives (capabilities pursued and learning results):
Advance Studies on Wave Mechanics –Coastal Engineering studies and projects. Modelling of wave propagation and wave processes.
Prerequisites:
Coastal Engineering and Harbor Works Computer Programming - Fortran
Instructor’s data:
Name: Yiannis Savidis Level: Assistant Professor (under
appointment) Office: - Tel. – email: 6932975710
Other tutors: -
X
X X
350
Specific course information:
Week No. Course contents
Hours
Course attendance
Preparation
1
Linear wave theory. Nonlinear wave theories 4 2
2 Theories of wind generated and propagated waves in the open sea. Operational models. Software development and application
4 2
3 Wave transformations in the coastal zone. Computation of velocity field –linear theory
4 2
4 Modelling of shoaling and refraction and wave breaking. Software Application
4 2
5 Modelling of diffraction. Software Application 4 2
6 Modelling of coastal sediment transport –Simple approach - Software Application
4 2
7 Mathematical models for wave propagation in 1 dimension. Software development (a)
4 2
8 Mathematical models for wave propagation in 1 dimension. Software application (b)
4 2
9 Mathematical models for wave propagation in 2 dimensions. Software development (a)
4 2
10 Mathematical models for wave propagation in 2 dimensions. Software application (b)
11 Radiation stresses and wave-induced circulation. Software development (a)
4 2
12 Radiation stresses and wave-induced circulation. – Software application (b)
4 2
13 Wave-induced sediment transport. Software development & application
4 2
14 Summary –Review
4 2
Additional hours for:
Class project Examinations Preparation for examinations
Educational visit
36
Suggested literature:
• Bruun P. (1985): Design and Construction of Mounds for Breakwaters and Coastal Protection, Elsevier.
• Coastal Engineering Research Center (1984): Shore Protection Manual, U. S. Army Corps of Engineers.
351
• Coastal Engineering Manual (2007). U. S. Army Corps of Engineers
• Robert G. Dean and Robert A. Dalrymple (2000) Water Wave Mechanics for Engineers and Scientists. World Scientific Publishing
• Koutitas, Ch. (1988): Mathematical models in Coastal Engineering, Ed. Pentech Press Limited, London (UK)
• Leont’yev I. O., (1999): ‘Modelling of morphological changes due to coastal structures’, Coastal Engineering, 38, pp 143-166.
• Sawaragi T., (1995): Coastal Engineering - Waves, Beaches, Wave-Structure Interactions, Elsevier, The Netherlands
• Nielsen P., (1992): Coastal Bottom Boundary Layers and Sediment Transport , World Scientific Publishing.
Teaching method (select and describe if necessary - weight):
Teaching
Theory
…50%
Seminars
……….%
Demonstrations
……….%
Laboratory
……….%
Exercises
Exercises and software development and applications.
…50%
Visits at facilities
……….%
Other (describe): ……………………….
……….%
Total 100%
Evaluation method (select)- weight: written % Oral %
Homework
Class project
100
Interim examination
Final examinations
Other (describe): …………………………
X
X
X